The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is
pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that
the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes
simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how
flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has
full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the
mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in preparing the module name in a buffer. The format
string can be passed diectly to 'request_module()'.
This axes a few lines of code and cleans a few things:
- max len for a driver name is MODULE_NAME_LEN wich is ~ 60 chars,
not 128. It would be down-sized in 'request_module()'
- we should pass the total size of the buffer to 'snprintf()', not the
size minus 1
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping header include additions in macsec.c
A bug fix in 'net' overlapping with the removal of 'version'
string in ena_netdev.c
Overlapping test additions in selftests Makefile
Overlapping PCI ID table adjustments in iwlwifi driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not only did this wheel did not need reinventing, but there is also
an issue with it: It doesn't remove the VLAN header in a way that
preserves the L2 payload checksum when that is being provided by the DSA
master hw. It should recalculate checksum both for the push, before
removing the header, and for the pull afterwards. But the current
implementation is quite dizzying, with pulls followed immediately
afterwards by pushes, the memmove is done before the push, etc. This
makes a DSA master with RX checksumming offload to print stack traces
with the infamous 'hw csum failure' message.
So remove the dsa_8021q_remove_header function and replace it with
something that actually works with inet checksumming.
Fixes: d461933638 ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create helper function for removing VLAN header")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a flow_dissect callback which returns the network offset and
where to find the skb protocol, given the tags structure a common
function works for both tagging formats that are supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both the switch and the bridge are learning about new addresses,
switch ports attached to the bridge would see duplicate ARP frames
because both entities would attempt to send them.
Fixes: 5037d532b8 ("net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler")
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the
FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align
the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there
is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters.
Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers
and enum values.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue a warning to the kernel log if phylink_mac_link_state() returns
an error. This should not occur, but let's make it visible.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, DSA drivers should configure CPU and DSA ports to their
maximum speed. In many configurations this is sufficient to make the
link work.
In some cases it is necessary to configure the link to run slower,
e.g. because of limitations of the SoC it is connected to. Or back to
back PHYs are used and the PHY needs to be driven in order to
establish link. In this case, phylink is used.
Only instantiate phylink if it is required. If there is no PHY, or no
fixed link properties, phylink can upset a link which works in the
default configuration.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce flow_action_basic_hw_stats_types_check() helper and use it
in drivers. That sanitizes the drivers which do not have support
for action HW stats types.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ocelot has the concept of a CPU port. The CPU port is represented in the
forwarding and the queueing system, but it is not a physical device. The
CPU port can either be accessed via register-based injection/extraction
(which is the case of Ocelot), via Frame-DMA (similar to the first one),
or "connected" to a physical Ethernet port (called NPI in the datasheet)
which is the case of the Felix DSA switch.
In Ocelot the CPU port is at index 11.
In Felix the CPU port is at index 6.
The CPU bit is treated special in the forwarding, as it is never cleared
from the forwarding port mask (once added to it). Other than that, it is
treated the same as a normal front port.
Both Felix and Ocelot should use the CPU port in the same way. This
means that Felix should not use the NPI port directly when forwarding to
the CPU, but instead use the CPU port.
This patch is fixing this such that Felix will use port 6 as its CPU
port, and just use the NPI port to carry the traffic.
Therefore, eliminate the "ocelot->cpu" variable which was holding the
index of the NPI port for Felix, and the index of the CPU port module
for Ocelot, so the variable was actually configuring different things
for different drivers and causing at least part of the confusion.
Also remove the "ocelot->num_cpu_ports" variable, which is the result of
another confusion. The 2 CPU ports mentioned in the datasheet are
because there are two frame extraction channels (register based or DMA
based). This is of no relevance to the driver at the moment, and
invisible to the analyzer module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available
for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch
capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to
even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying
switch driver.
DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding
flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Place phylink_start()/phylink_stop() inside dsa_port_enable() and
dsa_port_disable(), which ensures that we call phylink_stop() before
tearing down phylink - which is a documented requirement. Failure
to do so can cause use-after-free bugs.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link configuration down via DSA's
phylink_mac_link_up() operation to allow split PCS/MAC to work.
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link parameters via the mac_link_up() call for
MACs that do not automatically track their PCS state. We propagate the
link parameters via function arguments so that inappropriate members
of struct phylink_link_state can't be accessed, and creating a new
structure just for this adds needless complexity to the API.
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing tag size to skb_cow_head will make sure
there is enough headroom for the tag data.
This change does not introduce any overhead in case there
is already available headroom for tag.
Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <perfn@axis.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA sets up a switch tree little by little. Every switch of the N
members of the tree calls dsa_register_switch, and (N - 1) will just
touch the dst->ports list with their ports and quickly exit. Only the
last switch that calls dsa_register_switch will find all DSA links
complete in dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, and not return zero as a
result but instead go ahead and set up the entire DSA switch tree
(practically on behalf of the other switches too).
The trouble is that the (N - 1) switches don't clean up after themselves
after they get an error such as EPROBE_DEFER. Their footprint left in
dst->ports by dsa_switch_touch_ports is still there. And switch N, the
one responsible with actually setting up the tree, is going to work with
those stale dp, dp->ds and dp->ds->dev pointers. In particular ds and
ds->dev might get freed by the device driver.
Be there a 2-switch tree and the following calling order:
- Switch 1 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Calls dsa_port_parse_cpu, gets -EPROBE_DEFER, exits.
- Switch 2 calls dsa_register_switch
- Calls dsa_switch_touch_ports, populates dst->ports
- Probe doesn't get deferred, so it goes ahead.
- Calls dsa_tree_setup_routing_table, which returns "complete == true"
due to Switch 1 having called dsa_switch_touch_ports before.
- Because the DSA links are complete, it calls dsa_tree_setup_switches
now.
- dsa_tree_setup_switches iterates through dst->ports, initializing
the Switch 1 ds structure (invalid) and the Switch 2 ds structure
(valid).
- Undefined behavior (use after free, sometimes NULL pointers, etc).
Real example below (debugging prints added by me, as well as guards
against NULL pointers):
[ 5.477947] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.313002] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.319932] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.329693] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.339458] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.349226] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.358991] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.368758] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.378524] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.388291] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.398057] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803df0b980 (dev ffffff803f775c00)
[ 6.407912] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.417682] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.427446] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.437212] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.446979] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.456744] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.466512] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.476277] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.486043] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.495810] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.505577] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803da02f80 (dev 0000000000000000)
[ 6.515433] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 0 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.354120] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 1 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.361045] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 2 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.370805] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 3 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.380571] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 4 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.390337] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 5 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.400104] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 6 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.409872] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 7 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.419637] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 8 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.429403] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 9 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
[ 7.439169] dsa_tree_setup_switches: Setting up port 10 of switch ffffff803db15b80 (dev ffffff803d8e4800)
The solution is to recognize that the functions that call
dsa_switch_touch_ports (dsa_switch_parse_of, dsa_switch_parse) have side
effects, and therefore one should clean up their side effects on error
path. The cleanup of dst->ports was taken from dsa_switch_remove and
moved into a dedicated dsa_switch_release_ports function, which should
really be per-switch (free only the members of dst->ports that are also
members of ds, instead of all switch ports).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA subsystem takes care of netdev statistics since commit 4ed70ce9f0
("net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication"), so
any accounting inside tagger callbacks is redundant and can lead to
messing up the stats.
This bug is present in Qualcomm tagger since day 0.
Fixes: cafdc45c94 ("net-next: dsa: add Qualcomm tag RX/TX handler")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The correct name is GSWIP (Gigabit Switch IP). Typo was introduced in
875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure") while
moving tagger names to their structures.
Fixes: 875138f81d ("dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@dlink.ru>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not
part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA
slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this
is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a
remove chance of working.
This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices
have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag
protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting
those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost
switches if necessary.
The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an
additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current
tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else
DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA drivers that implement .phylink_mac_link_state should normally
register an interrupt for the PCS, from which they should call
phylink_mac_change(). However not all switches implement this, and those
who don't should set this flag in dsa_switch in the .setup callback, so
that PHYLINK will poll for a few ms until the in-band AN link timer
expires and the PCS state settles.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a cosmetic patch that makes the dp, tx_vid, queue_mapping and
pcp local variable definitions a bit closer in length, so they don't
look like an eyesore as much.
The 'ds' variable is not used otherwise, except for ds->dp.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism:
1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more
inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs
to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to
figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare
occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism:
sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb.
2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires
management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed
to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet
rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent
to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the
scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is
a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses
(more below).
3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too
much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't
Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires
some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an
out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA
tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that:
if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such
as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively
the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely
not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more
widespread use of this mechanism.
Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues:
For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract
the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The
advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit
doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath.
For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work.
If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads
will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15
character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can
change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit).
For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105
driver.
So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and
adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX
timestamping, in sja1105_main.c.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible to kill PTP on a DSA switch completely and absolutely,
until a reboot, with a simple command:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
where eth2 is the switch's DSA master.
Why? Well, in short, the PTP API in place today is a bit rudimentary and
relies on applications to retrieve the TX timestamps by polling the
error queue and looking at the cmsg structure. But there is no timestamp
identification of any sorts (except whether it's HW or SW), you don't
know how many more timestamps are there to come, which one is this one,
from whom it is, etc. In other words, the SO_TIMESTAMPING API is
fundamentally limited in that you can get a single HW timestamp from the
stack.
And the "-j adapter_unsynced" flag of tcpdump enables hardware
timestamping.
So let's imagine what happens when the DSA master decides it wants to
deliver TX timestamps to the skb's socket too:
- The timestamp that the user space sees is taken by the DSA master.
Whereas the RX timestamp will eventually be overwritten by the DSA
switch. So the RX and TX timestamps will be in different time bases
(aka garbage).
- The user space applications have no way to deal with the second (real)
TX timestamp finally delivered by the DSA switch, or even to know to
wait for it.
Take ptp4l from the linuxptp project, for example. This is its behavior
after running tcpdump, before the patch:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.594] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: [6469.693] rms 8 max 16 freq -21257 +/- 11 delay 748 +/- 0
ptp4l[172]: [6469.711] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 05 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.721] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b1 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.838] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 06 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.848] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 13 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 36 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 04 1a 45 05 7f
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 5e 05 41 32 27 c2 1a 68 00 04 9f ff fe 05
ptp4l[172]: 0040 de 06 00 01
ptp4l[172]: [6469.855] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 01 c6 b2 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: [6469.974] Unexpected data on socket err queue:
ptp4l[172]: 0000 01 80 c2 00 00 0e 00 1f 7b 63 02 48 88 f7 10 02
ptp4l[172]: 0010 00 2c 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
ptp4l[172]: 0020 00 00 00 1f 7b ff fe 63 02 48 00 03 aa 07 00 fd
ptp4l[172]: 0030 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
The ptp4l program itself is heavily patched to show this (more details
here [0]). Otherwise, by default it just hangs.
On the other hand, with the DSA patch to disallow HW timestamping
applied:
tcpdump -i eth2 -j adapter_unsynced
tcpdump: SIOCSHWTSTAMP failed: Device or resource busy
So it is a fact of life that PTP timestamping on the DSA master is
incompatible with timestamping on the switch MAC, at least with the
current API. And if the switch supports PTP, taking the timestamps from
the switch MAC is highly preferable anyway, due to the fact that those
don't contain the queuing latencies of the switch. So just disallow PTP
on the DSA master if there is any PTP-capable switch attached.
[0]: https://sourceforge.net/p/linuxptp/mailman/message/36880648/
Fixes: 0336369d3a ("net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove special taglen define KSZ8795_INGRESS_TAG_LEN
and use generic KSZ_INGRESS_TAG_LEN instead.
Signed-off-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for tag format used in Atheros AR9331 built-in switch.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_link_touch() is not exported, or defined outside of the
file it is in so make it static to avoid the following warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:127:17: warning: symbol 'dsa_link_touch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks (Codethink) <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 77373d49de ("net: dsa: Move the phylink driver calls into
port.c") moved and exported a bunch of symbols, but they are not used
outside of net/dsa/port.c at the moment, so no reason to export them.
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the mac_link_state() method to mac_pcs_get_state() to make it
clear that it should be returning the MACs PCS current state, which
is used for inband negotiation rather than just reading back what the
MAC has been configured for. Update the documentation to explicitly
mention that this is for inband.
We drop the return value as well; most of phylink doesn't check the
return value and it is not clear what it should do on error - instead
arrange for state->link to be false.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
This patch is to reuse ocelot functions as possible to enable PTP
clock and to support hardware timestamping on Felix.
On TX path, timestamping works on packet which requires timestamp.
The injection header will be configured accordingly, and skb clone
requires timestamp will be added into a list. The TX timestamp
is final handled in threaded interrupt handler when PTP timestamp
FIFO is ready.
On RX path, timestamping is always working. The RX timestamp could
be got from extraction header.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sequence of operations:
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
bridge vlan del dev swp2 vid 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set dev br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
apparently fails with the message:
[ 31.305716] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config. Reason: VLAN filtering
[ 31.322161] sja1105 spi0.1: Couldn't determine PVID attributes (pvid 0)
[ 31.328939] sja1105 spi0.1: Failed to setup VLAN tagging for port 1: -2
[ 31.335599] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 31.340215] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 194 at net/switchdev/switchdev.c:157 switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4
[ 31.349981] br0: Commit of attribute (id=6) failed.
[ 31.354890] Modules linked in:
[ 31.357942] CPU: 1 PID: 194 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.4.0-rc6-01792-gf4f632e07665-dirty #2062
[ 31.366167] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 31.370437] [<c03144dc>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e184>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 31.378153] [<c030e184>] (show_stack) from [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack+0xe0/0x10c)
[ 31.385437] [<c11d1c1c>] (dump_stack) from [<c034c730>] (__warn+0xf4/0x10c)
[ 31.392373] [<c034c730>] (__warn) from [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x74/0xb8)
[ 31.399827] [<c034c7bc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now+0x9c/0xa4)
[ 31.409097] [<c11ca204>] (switchdev_port_attr_set_now) from [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle+0x6c/0x118)
[ 31.418971] [<c117036c>] (__br_vlan_filter_toggle) from [<c115d010>] (br_changelink+0xf8/0x518)
[ 31.427637] [<c115d010>] (br_changelink) from [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink+0x3f4/0x76c)
[ 31.435613] [<c0f8e9ec>] (__rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink+0x44/0x60)
[ 31.443329] [<c0f8eda8>] (rtnl_newlink) from [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x2cc/0x51c)
[ 31.451477] [<c0f89f20>] (rtnetlink_rcv_msg) from [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0xb8/0x110)
[ 31.459796] [<c1008df8>] (netlink_rcv_skb) from [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast+0x17c/0x1f8)
[ 31.468026] [<c1008648>] (netlink_unicast) from [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x2bc/0x3b4)
[ 31.476261] [<c1008980>] (netlink_sendmsg) from [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg+0x230/0x250)
[ 31.484408] [<c0f43858>] (___sys_sendmsg) from [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x50/0x8c)
[ 31.492209] [<c0f44c84>] (__sys_sendmsg) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 31.500090] Exception stack(0xedf47fa8 to 0xedf47ff0)
[ 31.505122] 7fa0: 00000002 b6f2e060 00000003 beabd6a4 00000000 00000000
[ 31.513265] 7fc0: 00000002 b6f2e060 5d6e3213 00000128 00000000 00000001 00000006 000619c4
[ 31.521405] 7fe0: 00086078 beabd658 0005edbc b6e7ce68
The reason is the implementation of br_get_pvid:
static inline u16 br_get_pvid(const struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg)
{
if (!vg)
return 0;
smp_rmb();
return vg->pvid;
}
Since VID 0 is an invalid pvid from the bridge's point of view, let's
add this check in dsa_8021q_restore_pvid to avoid restoring a pvid that
doesn't really exist.
Fixes: 5f33183b7f ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Restore bridge VLANs when enabling vlan_filtering")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While it is entirely possible that this tagger format is in fact more
generic than just these 2 switch families, I don't have that knowledge.
The Seville switch in NXP T1040 has a similar frame format, but there
are enough differences (e.g. DEST field starts at bit 57 instead of 56)
that calling this file tag_vitesse.c is a bit of a stretch at the
moment. The frame format has been listed in a comment so that people who
add support for further Vitesse switches can rework this tagger while
keeping compatibility with Felix.
The "ocelot" name was chosen instead of "felix" because even the Ocelot
switch can act as a DSA device when it is used in NPI mode, and the Felix
tagger format is almost identical. Currently it is only used for the
Felix switch embedded in the NXP LS1028A chip.
The ABI for this tagger should be considered "not stable" at the moment.
The DSA tag is always placed before the Ethernet header and therefore,
we are using the long prefix for RX tags to avoid putting the DSA master
port in promiscuous mode. Once there will be an API in DSA for drivers
to request DSA masters to be in promiscuous mode unconditionally, we
will switch to the "no prefix" extraction frame header, which will save
16 padding bytes for each RX frame.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for a switch driver to use NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q as a valid
DSA tagging protocol since it registers itself as such, unfortunately
since there are not xmit or rcv functions provided, the lack of a xmit()
function will lead to a NPD in dsa_slave_xmit() to start with.
net/dsa/tag_8021q.c is only comprised of a set of helper functions at
the moment, but is not a fully autonomous or functional tagging "driver"
(though it could become later on). We do not have any users of
NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q so now is a good time to make sure there are not
issues being encountered by making this file strictly a place holder for
helper functions.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add wrappers around the devlink resource API, so that DSA drivers can
register and unregister devlink resources.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The order in which the ports are deleted from the list and freed and the
call to dsa_switch_remove() is done is reversed, which leads to an
use after free condition. Reverse the two: first tear down the ports and
switch from the fabric, then free the ports associated with that switch
fabric.
Fixes: 05f294a852 ("net: dsa: allocate ports on touch")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum,
phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of
the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the
compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision
with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision.
Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an
error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t,
where the phy mode should be stored.
v2:
Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error.
Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode()
Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors
Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees
v3:
Fix 0-day reported errors.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only slightly tricky merge conflict was the netdevsim because the
mutex locking fix overlapped a lot of driver reload reorganization.
The rest were (relatively) trivial in nature.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's no restriction from the DSA core side regarding
the switch IDs and port numbers, only tag_8021q which is currently
reserving 3 bits for the switch ID and 4 bits for the port number, has
limitation for these values. Update their descriptions to reflect that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because there is no static array describing the links between switches
anymore, we have no reason to force a limitation of the index value
set by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA fabric setup code has been simplified a lot so get rid of
the dsa_tree_remove_switch, dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_switch_add
helpers, and keep the code simple with only the dsa_switch_probe and
dsa_switch_remove functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA ports are listed in the switch fabric, there is
no need to store the dsa_switch structures from the drivers in the
fabric anymore. So get rid of the dst->ds static array.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure has no routing table specific data to setup,
so the switch fabric can directly walk its ports and initialize its
routing table from them.
This allows us to remove the dsa_switch_setup_routing_table function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers do not use the ds->rtable static arrays anymore, get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a new list of DSA links in the switch fabric itself, to
provide an alterative to the ds->rtable static arrays.
At the same time, provide a new dsa_routing_port() helper to abstract
the usage of ds->rtable in drivers. If there's no port to reach a
given device, return the first invalid port, ds->num_ports. This avoids
potential signedness errors or the need to define special values.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds glue logic to make pause settings per port
configurable vie ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add plumbing to allow DSA drivers to register parameters with devlink.
To keep with the abstraction, the DSA drivers pass the ds structure to
these helpers, and the DSA core then translates that to the devlink
structure associated to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently ds->dev is dereferenced on the assignments of pdata and
np before ds->dev is null checked, hence there is a potential null
pointer dereference on ds->dev. Fix this by assigning pdata and
np after the ds->dev null pointer sanity check.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 7e99e34701 ("net: dsa: remove dsa_switch_alloc helper")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some interface types could be nested.
(VLAN, BONDING, TEAM, MACSEC, MACVLAN, IPVLAN, VIRT_WIFI, VXLAN, etc..)
These interface types should set lockdep class because, without lockdep
class key, lockdep always warn about unexisting circular locking.
In the current code, these interfaces have their own lockdep class keys and
these manage itself. So that there are so many duplicate code around the
/driver/net and /net/.
This patch adds new generic lockdep keys and some helper functions for it.
This patch does below changes.
a) Add lockdep class keys in struct net_device
- qdisc_running, xmit, addr_list, qdisc_busylock
- these keys are used as dynamic lockdep key.
b) When net_device is being allocated, lockdep keys are registered.
- alloc_netdev_mqs()
c) When net_device is being free'd llockdep keys are unregistered.
- free_netdev()
d) Add generic lockdep key helper function
- netdev_register_lockdep_key()
- netdev_unregister_lockdep_key()
- netdev_update_lockdep_key()
e) Remove unnecessary generic lockdep macro and functions
f) Remove unnecessary lockdep code of each interfaces.
After this patch, each interface modules don't need to maintain
their lockdep keys.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ports are dynamically listed in the fabric, there is no need
to provide a special helper to allocate the dsa_switch structure. This
will give more flexibility to drivers to embed this structure as they
wish in their private structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Allocate the struct dsa_port the first time it is accessed with
dsa_port_touch, and remove the static dsa_port array from the
dsa_switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the default CPU port. Unassign it on teardown.
Now that we can iterate over multiple CPU ports, remove dst->cpu_dp.
At the same time, provide a better error message for CPU-less tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking up the first CPU port in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Now that we have a potential list of CPU ports, make use of it instead
of only configuring the master device of an unique CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports to find a port from a given node.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of accessing the dsa_switch array
of ports when iterating over DSA ports of a switch to set up the
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when setting up the switches and their ports.
At the same time, provide setup states and messages for ports and
switches as it is done for the trees.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their
ports when looking for a slave device from a given master interface.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Add a list of switch ports within the switch fabric. This will help the
lookup of a port inside the whole fabric, and it is the first step
towards supporting multiple CPU ports, before deprecating the usage of
the unique dst->cpu_dp pointer.
In preparation for a future allocation of the dsa_port structures,
return -ENOMEM in case no structure is returned, even though this
error cannot be reached yet.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Do not let the drivers access the ds->ports static array directly
while there is a dsa_to_port helper for this purpose.
At the same time, un-const this helper since the SJA1105 driver
assigns the priv member of the returned dsa_port structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
If there are multiple switch trees on the device, only the last one
will be listed, because the arguments of list_add_tail are swapped.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently this stack trace can be seen with CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y:
[ 41.568348] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/locking/mutex.c:909
[ 41.576757] in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 208, name: ptp4l
[ 41.583212] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
[ 41.587123] CPU: 1 PID: 208 Comm: ptp4l Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01445-ge950f2d4bc7f-dirty #1827
[ 41.599873] [<c0313d7c>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030e13c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 41.607584] [<c030e13c>] (show_stack) from [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack+0xd4/0x100)
[ 41.614863] [<c1212d50>] (dump_stack) from [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep+0x1c8/0x2b4)
[ 41.622574] [<c037dfc8>] (___might_sleep) from [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock+0x48/0xab8)
[ 41.630368] [<c122ea90>] (__mutex_lock) from [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested+0x1c/0x24)
[ 41.638340] [<c122f51c>] (mutex_lock_nested) from [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload+0x30/0x27c)
[ 41.647779] [<c0c6fe08>] (sja1105_static_config_reload) from [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set+0x108/0x1cc)
[ 41.657562] [<c0c7015c>] (sja1105_hwtstamp_set) from [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc+0x18c/0x330)
[ 41.665788] [<c0feb650>] (dev_ifsioc) from [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl+0x320/0x6e8)
[ 41.673064] [<c0febbd8>] (dev_ioctl) from [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl+0x334/0x5e8)
[ 41.680340] [<c0f8b1f4>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0xb0/0xa10)
[ 41.687789] [<c05404a8>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl+0x34/0x58)
[ 41.695151] [<c0540e3c>] (ksys_ioctl) from [<c0301000>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x28)
[ 41.702768] Exception stack(0xe8495fa8 to 0xe8495ff0)
[ 41.707796] 5fa0: beff4a8c 00000001 00000011 000089b0 beff4a8c beff4a80
[ 41.715933] 5fc0: beff4a8c 00000001 0000000c 00000036 b6fa98c8 004e19c1 00000001 00000000
[ 41.724069] 5fe0: 004dcedc beff4a6c 004c0738 b6e7af4c
[ 41.729860] BUG: scheduling while atomic: ptp4l/208/0x00000002
[ 41.735682] INFO: lockdep is turned off.
Enabling RX timestamping will logically disturb the fastpath (processing
of meta frames). Replace bool hwts_rx_en with a bit that is checked
atomically from the fastpath and temporarily unset from the sleepable
context during a change of the RX timestamping process (a destructive
operation anyways, requires switch reset).
If found unset, the fastpath (net/dsa/tag_sja1105.c) will just drop any
received meta frame and not take the meta_lock at all.
Fixes: a602afd200 ("net: dsa: sja1105: Expose PTP timestamping ioctls to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation patch for the tc-taprio offload (and potentially
for other future offloads such as tc-mqprio).
Instead of looking directly at skb->priority during xmit, let's get the
netdev queue and the queue-to-traffic-class mapping, and put the
resulting traffic class into the dsa_8021q PCP field. The switch is
configured with a 1-to-1 PCP-to-ingress-queue-to-egress-queue mapping
(see vlan_pmap in sja1105_main.c), so the effect is that we can inject
into a front-panel's egress traffic class through VLAN tagging from
Linux, completely transparently.
Unfortunately the switch doesn't look at the VLAN PCP in the case of
management traffic to/from the CPU (link-local frames at
01-80-C2-xx-xx-xx or 01-1B-19-xx-xx-xx) so we can't alter the
transmission queue of this type of traffic on a frame-by-frame basis. It
is only selected through the "hostprio" setting which ATM is harcoded in
the driver to 7.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action
qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons -
hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port
mirroring.
Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc
offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it
implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA core, DSA taggers and DSA drivers all make use of
module_init(). Hence they get initialised at device_initcall() time.
The ordering is non-deterministic. It can be a DSA driver is bound to
a device before the needed tag driver has been initialised, resulting
in the message:
No tagger for this switch
Rather than have this be fatal, return -EPROBE_DEFER so that it is
tried again later once all the needed drivers have been loaded.
Fixes: d3b8c04988 ("dsa: Add boilerplate helper to register DSA tag driver modules")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the superfluous NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ_COMMON and just use the existing
NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ. Update the description to mention the three switch
families it supports. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a function such as dsa_slave_create fails, currently the following
stack trace can be seen:
[ 2.038342] sja1105 spi0.1: Probed switch chip: SJA1105T
[ 2.054556] sja1105 spi0.1: Reset switch and programmed static config
[ 2.063837] sja1105 spi0.1: Enabled switch tagging
[ 2.068706] fsl-gianfar soc:ethernet@2d90000 eth2: error -19 setting up slave phy
[ 2.076371] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 2.080973] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21 at net/core/devlink.c:6184 devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0
[ 2.088954] Modules linked in:
[ 2.092005] CPU: 1 PID: 21 Comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc6-01360-g41b52e38d2b6-dirty #1746
[ 2.100912] Hardware name: Freescale LS1021A
[ 2.105162] Workqueue: events deferred_probe_work_func
[ 2.110287] [<c03133a4>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 2.117992] [<c030d8cc>] (show_stack) from [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack+0xb4/0xc8)
[ 2.125180] [<c10b08d8>] (dump_stack) from [<c0349d04>] (__warn+0xe0/0xf8)
[ 2.132018] [<c0349d04>] (__warn) from [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x40/0x48)
[ 2.139549] [<c0349e34>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free+0x1b4/0x1c0)
[ 2.147772] [<c0f19d74>] (devlink_free) from [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown+0x60/0x6c)
[ 2.155907] [<c1064fc0>] (dsa_switch_teardown) from [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch+0x8e4/0xaa8)
[ 2.164821] [<c1065950>] (dsa_register_switch) from [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe+0x21c/0x2ec)
[ 2.173216] [<c0ba7fe4>] (sja1105_probe) from [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe+0x80/0xa4)
[ 2.180920] [<c0b35948>] (spi_drv_probe) from [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe+0x108/0x400)
[ 2.188711] [<c0a4c1cc>] (really_probe) from [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device+0x78/0x1bc)
[ 2.196933] [<c0a4c694>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv+0x58/0xb8)
[ 2.205414] [<c0a4a3dc>] (bus_for_each_drv) from [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach+0xd0/0x168)
[ 2.213637] [<c0a4c024>] (__device_attach) from [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device+0x84/0x8c)
[ 2.221772] [<c0a4b1d0>] (bus_probe_device) from [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func+0x84/0xc4)
[ 2.230686] [<c0a4b72c>] (deferred_probe_work_func) from [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work+0x218/0x510)
[ 2.239772] [<c03650a4>] (process_one_work) from [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread+0x2a8/0x5c0)
[ 2.247908] [<c03660d8>] (worker_thread) from [<c036b348>] (kthread+0x148/0x150)
[ 2.255265] [<c036b348>] (kthread) from [<c03010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
[ 2.262444] Exception stack(0xea965fb0 to 0xea965ff8)
[ 2.267466] 5fa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.275598] 5fc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 2.283729] 5fe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000
[ 2.290333] ---[ end trace ca5d506728a0581a ]---
devlink_free is complaining right here:
WARN_ON(!list_empty(&devlink->port_list));
This happens because devlink_port_unregister is no longer done right
away in dsa_port_setup when a DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER has failed.
Vivien said about this change that:
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
which is not really true. The devlink_port_unregister function _is_
being called unconditionally from within dsa_port_setup, but not for
this port that just failed, just for the previous ones which were set
up.
ports_teardown:
for (i = 0; i < port; i++)
dsa_port_teardown(&ds->ports[i]);
Initially I was tempted to fix this by extending the "for" loop to also
cover the port that failed during setup. But this could have potentially
unforeseen consequences unrelated to devlink_port or even other types of
ports than user ports, which I can't really test for. For example, if
for some reason devlink_port_register itself would fail, then
unconditionally unregistering it in dsa_port_teardown would not be a
smart idea. The list might go on.
So just make dsa_port_setup undo the setup it had done upon failure, and
let the for loop undo the work of setting up the previous ports, which
are guaranteed to be brought up to a consistent state.
Fixes: 955222ca52 ("net: dsa: use a single switch statement for port setup")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge core assumes that enabling/disabling vlan_filtering will
translate into the simple toggling of a flag for switchdev drivers.
That is clearly not the case for sja1105, which alters the VLAN table
and the pvids in order to obtain port separation in standalone mode.
There are 2 parts to the issue.
First, tag_8021q changes the pvid to a unique per-port rx_vid for frame
identification. But we need to disable tag_8021q when vlan_filtering
kicks in, and at that point, the VLAN configured as pvid will have to be
removed from the filtering table of the ports. With an invalid pvid, the
ports will drop all traffic. Since the bridge will not call any vlan
operation through switchdev after enabling vlan_filtering, we need to
ensure we're in a functional state ourselves. Hence read the pvid that
the bridge is aware of, and program that into our ports.
Secondly, tag_8021q uses the 1024-3071 range privately in
vlan_filtering=0 mode. Had the user installed one of these VLANs during
a previous vlan_filtering=1 session, then upon the next tag_8021q
cleanup for vlan_filtering to kick in again, VLANs in that range will
get deleted unconditionally, hence breaking user expectation. So when
deleting the VLANs, check if the bridge had knowledge about them, and if
it did, re-apply the settings. Wrap this logic inside a
dsa_8021q_vid_apply helper function to reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core
checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of
filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to
configure the VLAN offloading.
DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev
feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table
manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error,
because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should
result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface.
Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch
drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for
-EOPNOTSUPP at runtime.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After witnessing the discussion in https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/8/14/151
w.r.t. ioctl extensibility, it became clear that such an issue might
prevent that the 3 RSV bits inside the DSA 802.1Q tag might also suffer
the same fate and be useless for further extension.
So clearly specify that the reserved bits should currently be
transmitted as zero and ignored on receive. The DSA tagger already does
this (and has always did), and is the only known user so far (no
Wireshark dissection plugin, etc). So there should be no incompatibility
to speak of.
Fixes: 0471dd429c ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create a stable binary format")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge offloads a VLAN on a slave port, we also need to
program its dedicated CPU port as a member of the VLAN.
Drivers may handle the CPU port's membership as they want. For example,
Marvell as a special "Unmodified" mode to pass frames as is through
such ports.
Even though DSA expects the drivers to handle the CPU port membership,
it does not make sense to program user VLANs as PVID on the CPU port.
This patch clears this flag before programming the CPU port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the
related notifier is received by a switch.
While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA
links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause
problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver.
Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their
programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code.
Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well,
but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches
of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge VLANs are not offloaded by dsa_port_vlan_* if the port is
not bridged or if its bridge is not VLAN aware.
This is a good thing but other corners of DSA, such as the tag_8021q
driver, may need to program VLANs regardless the bridge state.
And also because bridge_dev is specific to user ports anyway, move
these checks were it belongs, one layer up in the slave code.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the
switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in
future patches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently dsa_port_vid_add returns 0 if the switch returns -EOPNOTSUPP.
This function is used in the tag_8021q.c code to offload the PVID of
ports, which would simply not work if .port_vlan_add is not supported
by the underlying switch.
Do not skip -EOPNOTSUPP in dsa_port_vid_add but only when necessary,
that is to say in dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers
in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and
MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target
ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses.
Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly
simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface
in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned
in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap
member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now.
This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
variants not using any bitmap argument anymore.
New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make
clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target
object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the
DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs.
While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the .port_enable and .port_disable functions for all ports,
not only the user ports, so that drivers may optimize the power
consumption of all ports after a successful setup.
Unused ports are now disabled on setup. CPU and DSA ports are now
enabled on setup and disabled on teardown. User ports were already
enabled at slave creation and disabled at slave destruction.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is currently difficult to read the different steps involved in the
setup and teardown of ports in the DSA code. Keep it simple with a
single switch statement for each port type: UNUSED, CPU, DSA, or USER.
Also no need to call devlink_port_unregister from within dsa_port_setup
as this step is inconditionally handled by dsa_port_teardown on error.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supported PHY features are either auto-detected or explicitly set.
In both cases calling genphy_config_init isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RX timestamping is enabled and two link-local (non-meta) frames are
received in a row, this constitutes an error.
The tagger is always caching the last link-local frame, in an attempt to
merge it with the meta follow-up frame when that arrives. To recover
from the above error condition, the initial cached link-local frame is
dropped and the second frame in a row is cached (in expectance of the
second meta frame).
However, when dropping the initial link-local frame, its backing memory
was being leaked.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a meta frame is received, it is associated with the cached
sp->data->stampable_skb from the DSA tagger private structure.
Cached means its refcount is incremented with skb_get() in order for
dsa_switch_rcv() to not free it when the tagger .rcv returns NULL.
The mistake is that skb_unref() is not the correct function to use. It
will correctly decrement the refcount (which will go back to zero) but
the skb memory will not be freed. That is the job of kfree_skb(), which
also calls skb_unref().
But it turns out that freeing the cached stampable_skb is in fact not
necessary. It is still a perfectly valid skb, and now it is even
annotated with the partial RX timestamp. So remove the skb_copy()
altogether and simply pass the stampable_skb with a refcount of 1
(incremented by us, decremented by dsa_switch_rcv) up the stack.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the CPU port registers dump into the master interface registers
dump through ethtool, by nesting the ethtool_drvinfo and ethtool_regs
structures of the CPU port into the dump.
drvinfo->regdump_len will contain the full data length, while regs->len
will contain only the master interface registers dump length.
This allows for example to dump the CPU port registers on a ZII Dev
C board like this:
# ethtool -d eth1
0x004: 0x00000000
0x008: 0x0a8000aa
0x010: 0x01000000
0x014: 0x00000000
0x024: 0xf0000102
0x040: 0x6d82c800
0x044: 0x00000020
0x064: 0x40000000
0x084: RCR (Receive Control Register) 0x47c00104
MAX_FL (Maximum frame length) 1984
FCE (Flow control enable) 0
BC_REJ (Broadcast frame reject) 0
PROM (Promiscuous mode) 0
DRT (Disable receive on transmit) 0
LOOP (Internal loopback) 0
0x0c4: TCR (Transmit Control Register) 0x00000004
RFC_PAUSE (Receive frame control pause) 0
TFC_PAUSE (Transmit frame control pause) 0
FDEN (Full duplex enable) 1
HBC (Heartbeat control) 0
GTS (Graceful transmit stop) 0
0x0e4: 0x76735d6d
0x0e8: 0x7e9e8808
0x0ec: 0x00010000
.
.
.
88E6352 Switch Port Registers
------------------------------
00: Port Status 0x4d04
Pause Enabled 0
My Pause 1
802.3 PHY Detected 0
Link Status Up
Duplex Full
Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
EEE Enabled 0
Transmitter Paused 0
Flow Control 0
Config Mode 0x4
01: Physical Control 0x003d
RGMII Receive Timing Control Default
RGMII Transmit Timing Control Default
200 BASE Mode 100
Flow Control's Forced value 0
Force Flow Control 0
Link's Forced value Up
Force Link 1
Duplex's Forced value Full
Force Duplex 1
Force Speed 100 or 200 Mbps
.
.
.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This Kconfig option is unused, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler
and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this
block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object.
This patch restores the block sharing feature.
Fixes: da3eeb904f ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename this type definition and adapt users.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object,
flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks.
Fixes: d63db30c85 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unlock before return from function sk_buff()
in the error handling case.
Fixes: f3097be21b ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add a state machine for RX timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for enabling or disabling the flooding of
unknown multicast traffic on the CPU ports, depending on the value
of the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute.
The current behavior is kept unchanged but a user can now prevent
the CPU conduit to be flooded with a lot of unregistered traffic that
the network stack needs to filter in software with e.g.:
echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/multicast_router
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in
use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API.
Several drivers are also adjusted to use it.
This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for
blocks that are already in use.
Remove tc_block_offload alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and
remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove
temporary tc_block_command alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions
in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del}
helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface.
This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the
bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the
slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches.
Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave
device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their
respective case statements.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev handle helpers make use of a device checking helper
requiring a const net_device. Make dsa_slave_dev_check compliant
to this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current DSA code handling switchdev objects does not recurse into
the lower devices thus is never called with an orig_dev member being
a bridge device, hence remove this useless check.
At the same time, remove the comments about the callers, which is
unlikely to be updated if the code changes and thus will be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packing facility is needed to decode Ethernet meta frames containing
source port and RX timestamping information.
The DSA driver selects CONFIG_PACKING, but the tagger did not, and since
taggers can be now compiled as modules independently from the drivers
themselves, this is an issue now, as CONFIG_PACKING is disabled by
default on all architectures.
Fixes: e53e18a6fe ("net: dsa: sja1105: Receive and decode meta frames")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to specifically deal with phylink_of_phy_connect() returning
-ENODEV, because this can happen when a CPU/DSA port does connect
neither to a PHY, nor has a fixed-link property. This is a valid use
case that is permitted by the binding and indicates to the switch:
auto-configure port with maximum capabilities.
Fixes: 0e27921816 ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frame reception relies on the hardware keeping its promise that it
will send no other traffic towards the CPU port between a link-local
frame and a meta frame. Otherwise there is no other way to associate
the meta frame with the link-local frame it's holding a timestamp of.
The receive function is made stateful, and buffers a timestampable frame
until its meta frame arrives, then merges the two, drops the meta and
releases the link-local frame up the stack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in the tagger for understanding the source port and
switch id of meta frames. Their timestamp is also extracted but not
used yet - this needs to be done in a state machine that modifies the
previously received timestampable frame - will be added in a follow-up
patch.
Also take the opportunity to:
- Remove a comment in sja1105_filter made obsolete by e8d67fa569
("net: dsa: sja1105: Don't store frame type in skb->cb")
- Reorder the checks in sja1105_filter to optimize for the most likely
scenario first: regular traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although meta frames are configured to be sent at SJA1105_META_DMAC
(01-80-C2-00-00-0E) which is a multicast MAC address that would also be
trapped by the switch to the CPU, were it to receive it on a front-panel
port, meta frames are conceptually not link-local frames, they only
carry their RX timestamps.
The choice of sending meta frames at a multicast DMAC is a pragmatic
one, to avoid installing an extra entry to the DSA master port's
multicast MAC filter.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meta frames are sent on the CPU port by the switch if RX timestamping is
enabled. They contain a partial timestamp of the previous frame.
They are Ethernet frames with the Ethernet header constructed out of:
- SJA1105_META_DMAC
- SJA1105_META_SMAC
- ETH_P_SJA1105_META
The Ethernet payload will be decoded in a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The incl_srcpt setting makes the switch mangle the destination MACs of
multicast frames trapped to the CPU - a primitive tagging mechanism that
works even when we cannot use the 802.1Q software features.
The downside is that the two multicast MAC addresses that the switch
traps for L2 PTP (01-80-C2-00-00-0E and 01-1B-19-00-00-00) quickly turn
into a lot more, as the switch encodes the source port and switch id
into bytes 3 and 4 of the MAC. The resulting range of MAC addresses
would need to be installed manually into the DSA master port's multicast
MAC filter, and even then, most devices might not have a large enough
MAC filtering table.
As a result, only limit use of incl_srcpt to when it's strictly
necessary: when under a VLAN filtering bridge. This fixes PTP in
non-bridged mode (standalone ports). Otherwise, PTP frames, as well as
metadata follow-up frames holding RX timestamps won't be received
because they will be blocked by the master port's MAC filter.
Linuxptp doesn't help, because it only requests the addition of the
unmodified PTP MACs to the multicast filter.
This issue is not seen in bridged mode because the master port is put in
promiscuous mode when the slave ports are enslaved to a bridge.
Therefore, there is no downside to having the incl_srcpt mechanism
active there.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the existing implementation from tag_sja1105, which was
partially incorrect (it was not changing the MAC header offset, thereby
leaving it to point 4 bytes earlier than it should have).
This overwrites the VLAN tag by moving the Ethernet source and
destination MACs 4 bytes to the right. Then skb->data (assumed to be
pointing immediately after the EtherType) is temporarily pushed to the
beginning of the new Ethernet header, the new Ethernet header offset and
length are recorded, then skb->data is moved back to where it was.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger
queues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For drivers that use deferred_xmit for PTP frames (such as sja1105),
there is no need to perform matching between PTP frames and their egress
timestamps, since the sending process can be serialized.
In that case, it makes sense to have the pointer to the skb clone that
DSA made directly in the skb->cb. It will be used for pushing the egress
timestamp back in the application socket's error queue.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
Due to a confusion I thought that eth_type_trans() was called by the
network stack whereas it can actually be called by network drivers to
figure out the skb protocol and next packet_type handlers.
In light of the above, it is not safe to store the frame type from the
DSA tagger's .filter callback (first entry point on RX path), since GRO
is yet to be invoked on the received traffic. Hence it is very likely
that the skb->cb will actually get overwritten between eth_type_trans()
and the actual DSA packet_type handler.
Of course, what this patch fixes is the actual overwriting of the
SJA1105_SKB_CB(skb)->type field from the GRO layer, which made all
frames be seen as SJA1105_FRAME_TYPE_NORMAL (0).
Fixes: 227d07a07e ("net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for traffic through standalone ports")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
In case a call to dsa_tree_setup() fails, an attempt to cleanup is made
by calling dsa_tree_remove_switch(), which should take care of
removing/unregistering any resources previously allocated. This does not
happen because it is conditioned by dst->setup being true, which is set
only after _all_ setup steps were performed successfully.
This is especially interesting when the internal MDIO bus is registered
but afterwards, a port setup fails and the mdiobus_unregister() is never
called. This leads to a BUG_ON() complaining about the fact that it's
trying to free an MDIO bus that's still registered.
Add proper error handling in all functions branching from
dsa_tree_setup().
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <rong.a.chen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tools like tcpdump need to be able to decode the significance of fake
VLAN headers that DSA uses to separate switch ports.
But currently these have no global significance - they are simply an
ordered list of DSA_MAX_SWITCHES x DSA_MAX_PORTS numbers ending at 4095.
The reason why this is submitted as a fix is that the existing mapping
of VIDs should not enter into a stable kernel, so we can pretend that
only the new format exists. This way tcpdump won't need to try to make
something out of the VLAN tags on 5.2 kernels.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1Q tagging performs an unbalanced setup in terms of RX VIDs on
the CPU port. For the ingress path of a 802.1Q switch to work, the RX
VID of a port needs to be seen as tagged egress on the CPU port.
While configuring the other front-panel ports to be part of this VID,
for bridge scenarios, the untagged flag is applied even on the CPU port
in dsa_switch_vlan_add. This happens because DSA applies the same flags
on the CPU port as on the (bridge-controlled) slave ports, and the
effect in this case is that the CPU port tagged settings get deleted.
Instead of fixing DSA by introducing a way to control VLAN flags on the
CPU port (and hence stop inheriting from the slave ports) - a hard,
perhaps intractable problem - avoid this situation by moving the setup
part of the RX VID on the CPU port after all the other front-panel ports
have been added to the VID.
Fixes: f9bbe4477c ("net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging")
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
For DSA switches that do not have an .adjust_link callback, aka those
who transitioned totally to the PHYLINK-compliant API, use PHYLINK to
drive the CPU/DSA ports.
The PHYLIB usage and .adjust_link are kept but deprecated, and users are
asked to transition from it. The reason why we can't do anything for
them is because PHYLINK does not wrap the fixed-link state behind a
phydev object, so we cannot wrap .phylink_mac_config into .adjust_link
unless we fabricate a phy_device structure.
For these ports, the newly introduced PHYLINK_DEV operation type is
used and the dsa_switch device structure is passed to PHYLINK for
printing purposes. The handling of the PHYLINK_NETDEV and PHYLINK_DEV
PHYLINK instances is common from the perspective of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have a common handling of PHYLINK for the slave and non-user
ports, the DSA core glue logic (between PHYLINK and the driver) must use
an API that does not rely on a struct net_device.
These will also be called by the CPU-port-handling code in a further
patch.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SPDX license identifiers to all Make/Kconfig files which:
- Have no license information of any form
These files fall under the project license, GPL v2 only. The resulting SPDX
license identifier is:
GPL-2.0-only
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the
stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value
after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it).
The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but:
- Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided.
- It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since
__dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0}
initializer was incorrect for that purpose.
So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the
deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further
dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to
avoid the performance penalty).
Fixes: 97a69a0dea ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix gcc build error:
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:16: error: brcm_prepend_netdev_ops undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean brcm_netdev_ops?
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
^
./include/net/dsa.h:708:10: note: in definition of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
.ops = &__ops, \
^~~~~
./include/net/dsa.h:701:36: warning: dsa_tag_driver_brcm_prepend_netdev_ops defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
#define DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) dsa_tag_driver ## _ ## __ops
^
./include/net/dsa.h:707:30: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME
static struct dsa_tag_driver DSA_TAG_DRIVER_NAME(__ops) = { \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
net/dsa/tag_brcm.c:211:1: note: in expansion of macro DSA_TAG_DRIVER
DSA_TAG_DRIVER(brcm_prepend_netdev_ops);
Like the CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM case,
brcm_prepend_netdev_ops and DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM_PREPEND
should be wrappeed by CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Fixes: b74b70c449 ("net: dsa: Support prepended Broadcom tag")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now
return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current
users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact.
While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address
returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by
is_valid_ether_addr anyway.
Fixes: d01f449c00 ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of
a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic
on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge.
Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all
circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism
(incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105.
There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local.
The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the
switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two
DMAC filters for management traffic.
On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these
link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by
default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port.
It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command
("management route") that is valid for only a single frame.
So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the
dsa_defer_xmit mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on
the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding
rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a
sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic,
this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism
that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred
transmission.
The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not
in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically
also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb
manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit
and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the
tagger.
The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it
to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing
some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping.
To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about
changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into
a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value.
But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore
making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking
the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly
introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices
based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the
network stack when calling eth_type_trans().
The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA
is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev
from its master.
However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105,
user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely
true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering
bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't
rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make
sense to at least be able to terminate that.
Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible
situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(),
which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked
again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never
be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the
whole system dies.
This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb
(so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being
ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer
installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv
callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is
understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively
checking for all of them is far from ideal.
The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging
protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed
to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering
function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The
traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback
and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for
the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction.
It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far
expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html.
Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it
provides generic code that driver can opt into calling:
- dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents.
Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function.
Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply
802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse.
- dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb.
Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make.
- dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID
and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress
and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream
(CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this
function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support.
The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated
under any conditions. That is, after calling
dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all
ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged.
For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the
dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is
to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q,
and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also
provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig.
This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or
when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain
this way for the reasons below.
When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will
install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the
bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is
kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from
the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because
it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports.
Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a
certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current
setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still
exist many other challenges.
Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an
iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is
because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject
to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset
the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation
impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which
would make any translation impossible)?
Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it
difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway.
The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for
the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information.
But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU
port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered
by DSA for the CPU port.
Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the
CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port
using the same flags as they were added on the user port.
So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver
request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective,
and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user.
In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID)
is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a
unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they
serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as
untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to
hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the
reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the
xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the
frame.
Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for
real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli):
- If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back
up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them.
Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer
tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to
co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation.
- If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this
port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in
that case having reduced functionality.
- Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID
range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed so that the newly introduced tag_8021q may access these
core DSA functions when built as a module.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the driver to perform some manipulations of its own during
setup, using generic switchdev calls. Having the notifiers registered at
setup time is important because otherwise any switchdev transaction
emitted during this time would be ignored (dispatched to an empty call
chain).
One current usage scenario is for the driver to request DSA to set up
802.1Q based switch tagging for its ports.
There is no danger for the driver setup code to start racing now with
switchdev events emitted from the network stack (such as bridge core)
even if the notifier is registered earlier. This is because the network
stack needs a net_device as a vehicle to perform switchdev operations,
and the slave net_devices are registered later than the core driver
setup anyway (ds->ops->setup in dsa_switch_setup vs dsa_port_setup).
Luckily DSA doesn't need a net_device to carry out switchdev callbacks,
and therefore drivers shouldn't assume either that net_devices are
available at the time their switchdev callbacks get invoked.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>-
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer
intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods,
remove the legacy probe code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This hides the need to perform a two-phase transaction and construct a
switchdev_obj_port_vlan struct.
Call graph (including a function that will be introduced in a follow-up
patch) looks like this now (same for the *_vlan_del function):
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging
| |
| |
| +-------------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add
| |
+-------+ +-------+
| |
v v
dsa_port_vlan_add
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if VLAN filtering is global, DSA will call this callback once per
each port. Drivers should not have to compare the global state with the
requested change. So let DSA do it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is
that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any
dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which
are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set.
This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is.
So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ports are standalone (after they left the bridge), they should have
no VLAN filtering semantics (they should pass all traffic to the CPU).
Currently this is not true for switchdev drivers, because the bridge
"forgets" to unset that.
Normally one would think that doing this at the bridge layer would be a
better idea, i.e. call br_vlan_filter_toggle() from br_del_if(), similar
to how nbp_vlan_init() is called from br_add_if().
However what complicates that approach, and makes this one preferable,
is the fact that for the bridge core, vlan_filtering is a per-bridge
setting, whereas for switchdev/DSA it is per-port. Also there are
switches where the setting is per the entire device, and unsetting
vlan_filtering one by one, for each leaving port, would not be possible
from the bridge core without a certain level of awareness. So do this in
DSA and let drivers be unaware of it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use
that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per
port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105
families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core
from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices
that belong to the same switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge
driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on
the .port_vlan_filtering callback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the CONFIG symbols tristate and add help text.
The broadcom and Microchip KSZ tag drivers support two different
tagging protocols in one driver. Add a configuration option for the
drivers, and then options to select the protocol.
Create a submenu for the tagging drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2:
tab/space cleanup
Help text wording
NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_COMMON and NET_DSA_TAG_KZS_COMMON hidden
v3:
More tabification
Punctuation
v4:
trailler->trailer
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the driver is compiled with both
CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM and CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_BRCM_PREPEND disabled.
This results in warnings about unused symbols. Add some conditional
compilation to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Reorder patch to before tag drivers can be modules
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static
table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be
made static.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the _get and _put functions to make use of the list of tag
drivers. Also, trigger the loading of the module, based on the alias
information. The _get function takes a reference on the tag driver, so
it cannot be unloaded, and the _put function releases the reference.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Make tag_driver_register void
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver is unloaded, the lock on the tag driver
should be released so the module can be unloaded. Add the needed calls,
but leave the actual release code as a stub.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_resolve_tag_protocol() is used to find the tagging driver needed
by a switch driver. When the tagging drivers become modules, it will
be necassary to take a reference on the module to prevent it being
unloaded. So rename this function to _get() to indicate it has some
locking properties.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The none tagger is special in that it does not live in a tag_*.c file,
but is within the core. Register/unregister when DSA is
loaded/unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let the tag drivers register themselves with the DSA core, keeping
them in a linked list.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
v2
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it
implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate.
The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later
patch will add the real implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Fix indent of #endif
Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure
v3
Move kdoc next to macro
Fix THIS_MODULE indentation
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver
request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger
supports. Add this information to the ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the tag drivers are some variant of GPL. Add a MODULE_LICENSE()
indicating this, so the drivers can later be compiled as modules.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load
them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between
the TAG protocol and the driver.
In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something
which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the
value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name
into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step
towards making the taggers more dynamic.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an SPDX header, and remove the license boilerplate text.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set()
so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get(). Leave
ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation only for legacy.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and
apply in case it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flow_dissect for qca tagged packet to get the right hash.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since each non-legacy slave has its own devlink port instance
correctly set, rely on devlink core to generate correct phys port name.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement
ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances
created for themselves.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the
day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the
switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index.
However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the
switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal
MDIO bus at all.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected
in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be
wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select
NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since attrs are static during the existence of devlink port, set the
before registration of the port.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devlink functions are in use, so include the related header file.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were skipping the prepare phase which causes some problems with at
least a couple of drivers:
- mv88e6xxx chooses to skip programming VID = 0 with -EOPNOTSUPP in
the prepare phase, but we would still try to force this VID since we
would only call the commit phase and so we would get the driver to
return -EINVAL instead
- qca8k does not currently have a port_vlan_add() callback implemented,
yet we would try to call that unconditionally leading to a NPD
Fix both issues by conforming to the current model doing a
prepare/commit phase, this makes us consistent throughout the code and
assumptions.
Reported-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michal Vokáč <michal.vokac@ysoft.com>
Fixes: 061f6a505a ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag
has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and
so the override and lookup bits are also moved.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted all possible callers to using a switchdev
notifier for attributes we do not have a need for implementing
switchdev_ops anymore, and this can be removed from all drivers the
net_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's
attribute and use notifiers towards that goal.
Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting
SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a
small helper to translate the event notifier into something that
dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to of_parse_phandle returns a node pointer with refcount
incremented thus it must be explicitly decremented after the last
usage.
Detected by coccinelle with the following warnings:
./net/dsa/port.c:294:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 284, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:627:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:630:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:636:3-9: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
./net/dsa/dsa2.c:639:1-7: ERROR: missing of_node_put; acquired a node pointer with refcount incremented on line 618, but without a corresponding object release within this function.
Signed-off-by: Wen Yang <wen.yang99@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the
disable_port call. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a
bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need
to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make
sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when
the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking.
Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer
NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions.
We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases:
- creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device
claiming that same VID
- creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry
with that VID
Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a
bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be
enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality
offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN
frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.:
propagate FDB/MDB accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the bridge no longer calling switchdev_port_attr_get() to obtain
the supported bridge port flags from a driver but instead trying to set
the bridge port flags directly and relying on driver to reject
unsupported configurations, we can effectively get rid of
switchdev_port_attr_get() entirely since this was the only place where
it was called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted the bridge code and the drivers to check for
bridge port(s) flags at the time we try to set them, there is no need
for a get() -> set() sequence anymore and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT therefore becomes unused.
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for removing SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT,
add support for a function that processes the
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attributes and returns not
supported for any flag set, since DSA does not currently support
toggling those bridge port attributes (yet).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches work by learning the MAC address for each attached station by
monitoring traffic from each station. When a station sends a packet,
the switch records which port the MAC address is connected to.
With IPv4 networking, before communication commences with a neighbour,
an ARP packet is broadcasted to all stations asking for the MAC address
corresponding with the IPv4. The desired station responds with an ARP
reply, and the ARP reply causes the switch to learn which port the
station is connected to.
With IPv6 networking, the situation is rather different. Rather than
broadcasting ARP packets, a "neighbour solicitation" is multicasted
rather than broadcasted. This multicast needs to reach the intended
station in order for the neighbour to be discovered.
Once a neighbour has been discovered, and entered into the sending
stations neighbour cache, communication can restart at a point later
without sending a new neighbour solicitation, even if the entry in
the neighbour cache is marked as stale. This can be after the MAC
address has expired from the forwarding cache of the DSA switch -
when that occurs, there is a long pause in communication.
Our DSA implementation for mv88e6xxx switches disables flooding of
multicast and unicast frames for bridged ports. As per the above
description, this is fine for IPv4 networking, since the broadcasted
ARP queries will be sent to and received by all stations on the same
network. However, this breaks IPv6 very badly - blocking neighbour
solicitations and later causing connections to stall.
The defaults that the Linux bridge code expect from bridges are for
unknown unicast and unknown multicast frames to be flooded to all ports
on the bridge, which is at odds to the defaults adopted by our DSA
implementation for mv88e6xxx switches.
This commit enables by default flooding of both unknown unicast and
unknown multicast frames whenever a port is added to a bridge, and
disables the flooding when a port leaves the bridge. This means that
mv88e6xxx DSA switches now behave as per the bridge(8) man page, and
IPv6 works flawlessly through such a switch.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge
to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames.
This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux
bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
[florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA port is added to a bridge and brought up, the resulting STP
state programmed into the hardware depends on the order that these
operations are performed. However, the Linux bridge code believes that
the port is in disabled mode.
If the DSA port is first added to a bridge and then brought up, it will
be in blocking mode. If it is brought up and then added to the bridge,
it will be in disabled mode.
This difference is caused by DSA always setting the STP mode in
dsa_port_enable() whether or not this port is part of a bridge. Since
bridge always sets the STP state when the port is added, brought up or
taken down, it is unnecessary for us to manipulate the STP state.
Apparently, this code was copied from Rocker, and the very next day a
similar fix for Rocker was merged but was not propagated to DSA. See
e47172ab7e ("rocker: put port in FORWADING state after leaving bridge")
Fixes: b73adef677 ("net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPS not work for DSA devices since the 'skb_get_hash'
will always get the invalid hash for dsa tagged packets.
"[PATCH] tag_mtk: add flow_dissect callback to the ops struct"
introduced the flow_dissect callback to get the right hash for
MTK tagged packet. Tag_dsa and tag_edsa also need to implement
the callback.
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag offload_fwd_mark is set as the switch can forward frames by
itself.
This can be considered a fix to a problem introduced in commit
c2e866911e where the port membership are not set in sync. The flag
offload_fwd_mark just needs to be set in tag_ksz.c to prevent the software
bridge from forwarding duplicate multicast frames.
Fixes: c2e866911e ("microchip: break KSZ9477 DSA driver into two files")
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo entry[];
};
size = sizeof(struct foo) + count * sizeof(struct boo);
instance = alloc(size, GFP_KERNEL)
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = alloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL)
Notice that, in this case, variable size is not necessary, hence it is
removed.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An ipvlan bug fix in 'net' conflicted with the abstraction away
of the IPV6 specific support in 'net-next'.
Similarly, a bug fix for mlx5 in 'net' conflicted with the flow
action conversion in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid
of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a
ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what
switchdev_port_attr_get() would do.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the
call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
Fixes: 1be52e97ed ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unbalance of master's promiscuity or allmulti will happen after ifdown
and ifup a slave interface which is in a bridge.
When we ifdown a slave interface , both the 'dsa_slave_close' and
'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' will clear the master's flags. The flags
of master will be decrease twice.
In the other hand, if we ifup the slave interface again, since the
slave's flags were cleared the 'dsa_slave_open' won't set the master's
flag, only 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' that triggered by 'br_add_if'
will set the master's flags. The flags of master is increase once.
Only propagating flag changes when a slave interface is up makes
sure this does not happen. The 'vlan_dev_change_rx_flags' had the
same problem and was fixed, and changes here follows that fix.
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch will enable vetoing of FDB entries. Make it possible
to communicate details of why an FDB entry is not acceptable back to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may not be able to support certain FDB entries, and an error
code is insufficient to give clear hints as to the reasons of rejection.
In order to make it possible to communicate the rejection reason, extend
ndo_fdb_add() with an extack argument. Adapt the existing
implementations of ndo_fdb_add() to take the parameter (and ignore it).
Pass the extack parameter when invoking ndo_fdb_add() from rtnl_fdb_add().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not currently way to infer the port number through sysfs that
is being used as the CPU port number. Overlay a ndo_get_phys_port_name()
operation onto the DSA master network device in order to retrieve that
information.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the destination address is link local, add override bit into the
switch tag to let such a packet through the switch even if the port is
blocked.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out common code from the tag_ksz , so that the code can be used
with other KSZ family switches which use differenly sized tags.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tag Kconfig option and related macros in preparation for
addition of new KSZ family switches with different tag formats.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous change tries to set the MTU on the master device to take
into account the DSA overheads. This patch tries to reset the master
device back to the default MTU.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA tagging of frames sent over the master interface to the switch
increases the size of the frame. Such frames can then be bigger than
the normal MTU of the master interface, and it may drop them. Use the
overhead information from the tagger to set the MTU of the master
device to include this overhead.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet
frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It
must also remove the head from a frame received from a
switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol
ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While introducing the DSA tagging protocol attribute, it was added to the DSA
slave network devices, but those actually see untagged traffic (that is their
whole purpose). Correct this mistake by putting the tagging sysfs attribute
under the DSA master network device where this is the information that we need.
While at it, also correct the sysfs documentation mistake that missed the
"dsa/" directory component of the attribute.
Fixes: 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to an explicit check in rocker_world_port_obj_vlan_add(),
dsa_slave_switchdev_event() resp. port_switchdev_event(), VLAN objects
that are added to a device that is not a front-panel port device are
ignored. Therefore this check is immaterial.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop switchdev_ops.switchdev_port_obj_add and _del. Drop the uses of
this field from all clients, which were migrated to use switchdev
notification in the previous patches.
Add a new function switchdev_port_obj_notify() that sends the switchdev
notifications SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL.
Update switchdev_port_obj_del_now() to dispatch to this new function.
Drop __switchdev_port_obj_add() and update switchdev_port_obj_add()
likewise.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patches will change the way of distributing port object
changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The
switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower
devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The
notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which
may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a
completely unrelated device.
DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge.
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on
the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could
be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge
notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the
driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It
is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the
notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the
filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place.
To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking
notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to
maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently
has.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get 'driver_data' from 'struct device' directly. Going via
platform_device is an unneeded step back and forth.
Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a problem introduced by:
commit 2cde6acd49 ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock")
When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously
recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in
more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between
cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and
the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set
to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole
will likely not work.
Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl
is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute
synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from.
Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current
callers of __netpoll_free_async.
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted.
This changes with VxLAN encapsulation.
Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one
FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the
bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver.
Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only
offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB.
Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry
was deleted from the VxLAN FDB.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
put_device has taken the null pinter check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before put_device.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gswip tag was missing in the dsa_tag_protocol_to_str() function, add it.
Fixes: 7969119293 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.
The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.
This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no way for user-space to know what a given DSA network device's
tagging protocol is. Expose this information through a dsa/tagging
attribute which reflects the tagging protocol currently in use.
This is helpful for configuration (e.g: none behaves dramatically
different wrt. bridges) as well as for packet capture tools when there
is not a proper Ethernet type available.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52638f71fc ("dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver")
moved the GPIO handling into the switch drivers but forgot
to remove the GPIO header includes.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a port to be able to use EEE, both the MAC and the PHY must
support EEE. A phy can be provided by both a phydev or phylink. Verify
at least one of these exist, not just phydev.
Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need
to suspend or resume it.
Fixes: 2446254915 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pskb_trim_rcsum fails, the lack of error-handling code may
cause unexpected results.
This patch adds error-handling code after calling pskb_trim_rcsum.
Signed-off-by: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.
Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the attrs and allow to expose port flavour to user via devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if commit 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports") indicated
that registering a devlink instance for unused ports is not a problem, and this
is true, this can be confusing nonetheless, so let's not do it.
Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.
Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.
Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.
We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.
Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will
also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we
can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.
We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for having more call sites attempting to obtain a
reference against a PHY device corresponding to a particular port,
introduce a helper function for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is completely redundant with what netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
does, we are always guaranteed to have a valid dev->ethtool_ops pointer,
however, within that structure, not all function calls may be populated,
so we still have to check them individually.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell switches under some conditions will pass a frame to the
host with the port being the CPU port. Such frames are invalid, and
should be dropped. Not dropping them can result in a crash when
incrementing the receive statistics for an invalid port.
Reported-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to dsa_is_user_port(), a condition ended up being
reversed, which would prevent the creation of any user port when using
the legacy binding and/or platform data, fix that.
Fixes: 4a5b85ffe2 ("net: dsa: use dsa_is_user_port everywhere")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for enabling the internal PHY for a 'cpu' port.
It has been tested on GE B850v3, B650v3 and B450v3, which have a
built-in MV88E6240 switch hardwired to a PCIe based network card.
On these machines the internal PHY of the i210 network card and
the Marvell switch are connected to each other and must be enabled
for properly using the switch. While the i210 PHY will be enabled
when the network interface is enabled, the switch's port is not
exposed as network interface. Additionally the mv88e6xxx driver
resets the chip during probe, so the PHY is disabled without this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having the different master network device drivers
potentially used by DSA/Broadcom tags, move the padding necessary for
the switches to accept short packets where it makes most sense: within
tag_brcm.c. This avoids multiplying the number of similar commits to
e.g: bgmac, bcmsysport, etc.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make the dsa_legacy_register() stub return 0 in order for
dsa_init_module() to successfully register and continue registering the
ETH_P_XDSA packet handler.
Fixes: 2a93c1a365 ("net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let MT7530 switch can recognize well those egress packets
having both special tag and VLAN tag, the information about the special
tag should be carried on the existing VLAN tag. On the other hand, it's
unnecessary for extra handling for ingress packets when VLAN tag is
present since it is able to put the VLAN tag after the special tag and
then follow the existing way to parse.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These duplicate includes have been found with scripts/checkincludes.pl but
they have been removed manually to avoid removing false positives.
Signed-off-by: Pravin Shedge <pravin.shedge4linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA ports also need to have a dedicated CPU port assigned to them,
because they need to know where to egress frames targeting the CPU,
e.g. To_Cpu frames received on a Marvell Tag port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a MAC address is added to or removed from a switch port in the
fabric, the target switch must program its port and adjacent switches
must program their local DSA port used to reach the target switch.
For this purpose, use the dsa_towards_port() helper to identify the
local switch port which must be programmed.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the MDB code iterating on a multicast group into new
dsa_switch_mdb_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.
This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the VLAN code iterating on a list of VLAN members into new
dsa_switch_vlan_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.
This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting the refcount to 0 when allocating a tree to match the number of
switch devices it holds may cause an 'increment on 0; use-after-free',
if CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL is enabled.
To fix this, do not decrement the refcount of a newly allocated tree,
increment it when an already allocated tree is found, and decrement it
after the probing of a switch, as done with the previous behavior.
At the same time, make dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put accept a NULL
argument to simplify callers, and return the tree after incrementation,
as most kref users like of_node_get and of_node_put do.
Fixes: 8e5bf9759a ("net: dsa: simplify tree reference counting")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lan9303 set bits in the host CPU tag indicating if a ingress frame
is a trapped IGMP or STP frame. Use these bits to calculate
skb->offload_fwd_mark more efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA now uses one of the symbols exported by the bridge,
br_vlan_enabled(). This has a stub, if the bridge is not
enabled. However, if the bridge is enabled, we cannot have DSA built
in and the bridge as a module, otherwise we get undefined symbols at
link time:
net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_add':
net/dsa/port.c:255: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_del':
net/dsa/port.c:270: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting the same Broadcom tag format, but instead
of inserted between the MAC SA and EtherType, prepended to the Ethernet
frame, restructure the code a little bit to make that possible and take
an offset parameter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that IGMP packets no longer is flooded in HW, we want the SW bridge to
forward packets based on bridge configuration. To make that happen,
IGMP packets must have skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software bridge needs to know if a packet has already been bridged
by hardware offload to ports in the same hardware offload, in order
that it does not re-flood them, causing duplicates. This is
particularly true for broadcast and multicast traffic which the host
has requested.
By setting offload_fwd_mark in the skb the bridge will only flood to
ports in other offloads and other netifs. Set this flag in the DSA and
EDSA tag driver.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is used by the software bridge when
determining which ports to flood a packet out. If the packet
originated from a switch, it assumes the switch has already flooded
the packet out the switches ports, so the bridge should not flood the
packet itself out switch ports. Ports on the same switch are expected
to return the same parent ID when SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called.
DSA gets this wrong with clusters of switches. As far as the software
bridge is concerned, the cluster is all one switch. A packet from any
switch in the cluster can be assumed to have been flooded as needed
out of all ports of the cluster, not just the switch it originated
from. Hence all ports of a cluster should return the same parent. The
old implementation did not, each switch in the cluster had its own ID.
Also wrong was that the ID was not unique if multiple DSA instances
are in operation.
Use the tree ID as the parent ID, which is the same for all switches
in a cluster and unique across switch clusters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the VLAN
addition on every ports member of a it. Fix this.
Fixes: 1ca4aa9cd4 ("net: dsa: check VLAN capability of every switch")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the MDB
addition on every ports member of a multicast group. Fix this.
Fixes: a1a6b7ea7f ("net: dsa: add cross-chip multicast support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software bridge can be build with vlan filtering support
included. However, by default it is turned off. In its turned off
state, it still passes VLANs via switchev, even though they are not to
be used. Don't pass these VLANs to the hardware. Only do so when vlan
filtering is enabled.
This fixes at least one corner case. There are still issues in other
corners, such as when vlan_filtering is later enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the host indicates when a multicast group should be forwarded
from the switch to the host, don't do it by default.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The notify mechanism does not need to modify the port it is notifying.
So make the parameter const.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of
the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an
MDB on this port.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit brings no functional changes. It gets rid of the underscore
prefixed _dsa_register_switch and _dsa_unregister_switch functions in
favor of dsa_switch_probe() which parses and adds a switch to a tree and
dsa_switch_remove() which removes a switch from a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the tree setup is centralized, we can simplify the code a bit
more by setting up or tearing down the tree directly when adding or
removing a switch to/from it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *_complete() functions take too much arguments to do only one thing:
they try to fetch the dsa_port structures corresponding to device nodes
under the "link" list property of DSA ports, and use them to setup the
routing table of switches.
This patch simplifies them by providing instead simpler
dsa_{port,switch,tree}_setup_routing_table functions which return a
boolean value, true if the tree is complete.
dsa_tree_setup_routing_table is called inside dsa_tree_setup which
simplifies the switch registering function as well.
A switch's routing table is now initialized before its setup.
This also makes dsa_port_is_valid obsolete, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The OF code provides a of_for_each_phandle() helper to iterate over
phandles. Use it instead of arbitrary iterating ourselves over the list
of phandles hanging to the "link" property of the port's device node.
The of_phandle_iterator_next() helper calls of_node_put() itself on
it.node. Thus We must only do it ourselves if we break the loop.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having two dsa_ds_find_port_dn (which returns a bool) and
dsa_dst_find_port_dn (which returns a switch) functions, provide a more
explicit dsa_tree_find_port_by_node function which returns a matching
port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dsa_port_apply and dsa_cpu_port_apply functions do exactly the
same. The dsa_user_port_apply function does not try to register a fixed
link but try to create a slave.
This commit factorizes and scopes all that in two convenient
dsa_port_setup and dsa_port_teardown functions.
It won't hurt to register a devlink_port for unused port as well.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches brings no functional changes. It removes the unused dst
argument from the dsa_ds_apply and dsa_ds_unapply functions, rename them
to dsa_switch_setup and dsa_switch_teardown for a more explicit scope.
This clarifies the steps of the setup or teardown of a switch fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA helpers to setup and teardown a master net device wired to its
CPU port. This centralizes the dsa_ptr assignment.
This also makes the master ethtool helpers static at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dst_parse function called just before dsa_dst_apply does not
parse the tree but does only one thing: it assigns the default CPU port
to dst->cpu_dp and to each user ports.
This patch simplifies this by calling a dsa_tree_setup_default_cpu
function at the beginning of dsa_dst_apply directly.
A dsa_port_is_user helper is added for convenience.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove scripts/checkpatch.pl CHECKs by adjusting indenting.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the dsa_port_parse_cpu() function to resolve the tagging protocol
at port parsing time, instead of waiting for the whole tree to be
complete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_port_parse_user, dsa_port_parse_dsa and dsa_port_parse_cpu
functions to factorize the code shared by both OF and pdata parsing.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later to support
tagging protocol resolution for example.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a port, simply use of_property_read_bool which checks the
presence of a given property, instead of parsing the link phandle.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a switch, we have to identify to which tree it belongs and
parse its ports. Provide two functions to separate the OF and platform
data specific paths.
Also use the of_property_read_variable_u32_array function to parse the
OF member array instead of calling of_property_read_u32_index twice.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will need a reference to the dsa_switch_tree when parsing a CPU port,
so fetch it right after parsing the member and before parsing ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the unnecessary index argument from the
dsa_dst_add_ds and dsa_dst_del_ds functions and renames them to
dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_tree_remove_switch respectively.
In addition to a more explicit scope, we now check the presence of an
existing switch with the same index directly within dsa_tree_add_switch.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename dsa_get_dst to dsa_tree_find since it doesn't increment the
reference counter, rename dsa_add_dst to dsa_tree_alloc for symmetry
with dsa_tree_free, and provide a convenient dsa_tree_touch function to
find or allocate a new tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide convenient dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put functions scoping a DSA
tree used to increment and decrement its reference counter, instead of
poking directly its kref structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA trees have a refcount used to automatically free the dsa_switch_tree
structure once there is no switch devices inside of it.
The refcount is incremented when a switch is added to the tree, and
decremented when it is removed from it.
But because of kref_init, the refcount is also incremented at
initialization, and when looking up the tree from the list for symmetry.
Thus the current code stores the number of switches plus one, and makes
the switch registration more complex.
To simplify the switch registration function, we reset the refcount to
zero after initialization and don't increment it when looking up a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames.
On receive set skb->offload_fwd_mark to prevent the SW from flooding to the
same ports.
One exception: Because the ALR is set up to forward STP BPDUs only to CPU,
the SW bridge should flood STP BPDUs if local STP is not enabled.
This is archived by not setting skb->offload_fwd_mark on STP BPDUs.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP BPDUs arriving on user ports must sent to CPU port only,
for processing by the SW bridge.
Add an ALR entry with STP state override to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lan9303_xmit_use_arl() introduced in previous patch set is wrong.
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames. The effect is that
broadcasts and multicasts are duplicated on egress. It is not possible to
configure the chip to direct unknown multicasts to CPU port only.
This means that only unicast frames can be transmitted using ALR lookup.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to
pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the optional "label" property and assign a default one directly at
parse time instead of doing it when creating the slave.
For legacy, simply assign the port name stored in cd->port_names.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fetching the master device can be done directly when a port is parsed
from device tree or pdata, instead of waiting until dsa_dst_parse.
Now that -EPROBE_DEFER is returned before we add the switch to the tree,
there is no need to check for this error after dsa_dst_parse.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a port's type at parsed time instead of waiting for the tree to
be completed.
Because this is now done earlier, we can use the port's type in
dsa_port_is_* helpers instead of digging again in topology description.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add symmetrical DSA port parsing functions for pdata and device tree,
used to parse and validate a given port node or platform data.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later on to
assign a port type and get device references.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point into hiding the -EINVAL error code in ERR_PTR from a
dsa_get_ports function, simply get the "ports" node directly from within
the dsa_parse_ports_dn function.
This also has the effect to make the pdata and device tree handling code
symmetrical inside _dsa_register_switch.
At the same time, rename dsa_parse_ports_dn to dsa_parse_ports_of
because _of is a more common suffix for device tree parsing functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bindings (dsa2.c) and the old bindings (legacy.c) share two
helpers dsa_cpu_dsa_setup and dsa_cpu_dsa_destroy, used to register or
deregister a fixed PHY if a given port has a corresponding device node.
Unclutter the code by moving them into two new port.c helpers,
dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of and dsa_port_fixed_link_(un)register_of.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA code still check ds->enabled_port_mask directly to
inspect a given port type instead of using the provided dsa_is_user_port
helper. Change this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CPU transmit directly to port using tag, the LAN9303 does not
learn MAC addresses received on the CPU port into the ALR.
ALR learning is performed only when transmitting using ALR lookup.
Solution:
If the two external ports are bridged and the packet is not STP BPDU,
then use ALR lookup to allow ALR learning on CPU port.
Otherwise transmit directly to port with STP state override.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the code that tried to identify if a PHY designated by Device
Tree required diversion through the DSA-created MDIO bus. This was
created mainly for the bcm_sf2.c driver back when it did not have its
own MDIO bus driver, which it now has since 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa:
bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus").
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Martin Hundebøll <mnhu@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unapply functions are called on the error path.
As for dsa_port_mask, enabled_port_mask and cpu_port_mask won't be used
after so there's no need to unmask the corresponding port bit from them.
This makes dsa_cpu_port_unapply() and dsa_dsa_port_unapply() identical,
which can be factorized later.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy code does not unmask the cpu_port_mask and dsa_port_mask as
stated. But this is done on the error path and those masks won't be used
after that. So instead of fixing the bit operation, simply remove it.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of pdata, the dsa_cpu_parse function calls dev_put() before
making sure it isn't NULL. Fix this.
Fixes: 71e0bbde0d ("net: dsa: Add support for platform data")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_master_get_slave is slightly confusing since the idiomatic "get"
term often suggests reference counting, in symmetry to "put".
Rename it to dsa_master_find_slave to make the look up operation clear.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device
assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a
dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure
corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a
dsa_slave_to_port() helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with
respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same
dsa_notifier_register_info structure.
Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these
functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dsa_slave_create is called, the related port already has a CPU port
assigned to it, available in its cpu_dp member. Use it instead of the
unique tree cpu_dp.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With DSA, a master net device (CPU facing interface) has a dsa_ptr
pointer to which hangs a dsa_switch_tree. This is not correct because a
master interface is wired to a dedicated switch port, and because we can
theoretically have several master interfaces pointing to several CPU
ports of the same switch fabric.
Change the master interface's dsa_ptr for the CPU dsa_port pointer.
This is a step towards supporting multiple CPU ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resolving the DSA tagging protocol used by a CPU switch, use a
temporary "tag_ops" variable to store the dsa_device_ops instead of
using directly dst->tag_ops. This will make the future patches moving
this pointer around easier to read.
There is no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it clear that the master device is linked to a CPU port by using
"cpu_dp" for the dsa_port variable in master.c instead of "port", then
use a "port" variable to describe the port index, as usually seen in
other places of DSA core.
This will make the future patch touching dsa_ptr more readable. There is
no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging code does not need to know about the DSA architecture,
it only needs to return the slave device corresponding to the source
port index (and eventually the source device index for cascade-capable
switches) parsed from the frame received on the master device.
For this purpose, provide an inline dsa_master_get_slave helper which
validates the device and port indexes and look up the slave device.
This makes the tagging rcv functions more concise and robust, and also
makes dsa_get_cpu_port obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its
carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a
window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse
the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network
device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached.
Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices
where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the
driver.
Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_nway_reset now that dsa_slave_nway_reset does exactly
the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since
net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of returning -EOPNOTSUPP when a slave device has no PHY,
directly return -ENODEV as ethtool and phylib do.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively
enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now
helper static.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the
master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start
the PHY device.
Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device,
then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the
master device.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add
a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and
dsa_port_fdb_del.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first
argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave
net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to
dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of open coding the check.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA overrides the master device ethtool ops, so that it can inject stats
from its dedicated switch CPU port as well.
The related code is currently split in dsa.c and slave.c, but it only
scopes the master net device. Move it to a new master.c DSA core file.
This file will be later extented with master net device specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA overrides the master's ethtool ops so that we can inject its CPU
port's statistics. Because of that, we need to setup the ethtool ops
after the master's dsa_ptr pointer has been assigned, not before.
This patch setups the ethtool ops after dsa_ptr is assigned, and
restores them before it gets cleared.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch tree is meant to be applied, it already has a CPU
port. Thus remove the condition of dst->cpu_dp.
Moreover, the next lines access dst->cpu_dp unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.
In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We originally used skb->priority but that was not quite correct as this
bitfield needs to contain the egress switch queue we intend to send this
SKB to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two kfree_skb() should be consume_skb(), to be friend with drop monitor
(perf record ... -e skb:kfree_skb)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first call of skb_put_padto() will free up the SKB on error, but we
return NULL which tells dsa_slave_xmit() that the original SKB should be
freed so this would lead to a double free here.
The second skb_put_padto() already frees the passed sk_buff reference
upon error, so calling kfree_skb() on it again is not necessary.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1416687 ("USE_AFTER_FREE")
Fixes: e71cb9e009 ("net: dsa: ksz: fix skb freeing")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer frees the original skb when an xmit function returns NULL,
meaning an error occurred. But if the tagging code copied the original
skb, it is responsible of freeing the copy if an error occurs.
The ksz tagging code currently has two issues: if skb_put_padto fails,
the skb copy is not freed, and the original skb will be freed twice.
To fix that, move skb_put_padto inside both branches of the skb_tailroom
condition, before freeing the original skb, and free the copy on error.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class
information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use
the newly introduced classid identification helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MT7530 inserts the 4 magic header in between the 802.3 address and
protocol field. The patch implements the callback that can be called by
the flow dissector to figure out the real protocol and offset of the
network header. With this patch applied we can properly parse the packet
and thus make hashing function properly.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save 2628 bytes on arm eabi by allocate only the required 3 ports.
Now that ds->num_ports is correct: In net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c
eliminate duplicate LAN9303_MAX_PORTS, use ds->num_ports.
(Matching the pattern of other net/dsa/tag_xxx.c files.)
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA drivers do not support bridge flags offload. Yet, this attribute
should be added in order for the bridge to fail when one tries set a
flag on the port, as explained in commit dc0ecabd62 ("net: switchdev:
Add support for querying supported bridge flags by hardware").
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This
patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy
way for static FDB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers
the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful
FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge.
In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from
the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to
indicate inconsistent situation.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the switchdev objects are embedded inside the DSA notifier
info. This patch removes this dependency. This is done as a preparation
stage before adding support for learning FDB through the switchdev
notification chain.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.
The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the
related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_cpu_dsa_setup currently takes 4 arguments but they are all available
from the dsa_port argument. Remove all others.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_alloc() already assigns ds-dev, which can be used in
dsa_switch_setup_one and dsa_cpu_dsa_setups instead of requiring an
additional struct device argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and
push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename
TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of
traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we
could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave
network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these
deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates.
Fixes: f613ed665b ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters
for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use
pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose
and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.
In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA drivers are calling phy_init_eee if eee_enabled is true.
Move up this statement in the DSA layer to simplify the DSA drivers.
qca8k does not require to cache the ethtool_eee structures from now on.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does
not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that
by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mt7530 driver has its dsa_switch_ops::get_tag_protocol function
check ds->cpu_port_mask to issue a warning in case the configured CPU
port is not capable of supporting tags.
After commit 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled
ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()") we slightly re-arranged the
initialization such that this was no longer working. Just make sure that
ds->cpu_port_mask is set prior to the first call to get_tag_protocol,
thus restoring the expected contract. In case of error, the CPU port bit
is cleared.
Fixes: 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()")
Reported-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and
use dst->cpu_dp->netdev") and a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate
slave network device with CPU port") we would be seeing NULL pointer
dereferences when accessing dst->cpu_dp->netdev too early. In the legacy
code, we actually know early in advance the master network device, so
pass it down to the relevant functions.
Fixes: 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev")
Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to how cross-chip VLAN works, define a bitmap of multicast
group members for a switch, now including its DSA ports, so that
multicast traffic can be sent to all switches of the fabric.
A switch may drop the frames if no user port is a member.
This brings support for multicast in a multi-chip environment.
As of now, all switches of the fabric must support the multicast
operations in order to program a single fabric port.
Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code only assigns the default cpu_dp to all user ports of
the switch to which the CPU port belongs. The user ports of the other
switches of the fabric thus don't have a default CPU port.
This patch fixes this by assigning the cpu_dp of all user ports of all
switches of the fabric when the tree is fully parsed.
Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a helper function which will return a reference to the CPU
port used in a dsa_switch_tree. Right now this is a singleton, but this
will change once we introduce multi-CPU port support, so ease the
transition by converting the affected code paths.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.
This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.
While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a multi-chip switch fabric, it is currently the responsibility of the
driver to add the CPU or DSA (interconnecting chips together) ports as
members of a new VLAN entry. This makes the drivers more complicated.
We want the DSA drivers to be stupid and the DSA core being the one
responsible for caring about the abstracted switch logic and topology.
Make the DSA core program the CPU and DSA ports as part of the VLAN.
This makes all chips of the data path to be aware of VIDs spanning the
the whole fabric and thus, seamlessly add support for cross-chip VLAN.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the VLAN object is propagated to every switch chip of the
switch fabric, we can easily ensure that they all support the required
VLAN operations before modifying an entry on a single switch.
To achieve that, remove the condition skipping other target switches,
and add a bitmap of VLAN members, eventually containing the target port,
if we are programming the switch target.
This will allow us to easily add other VLAN members, such as the DSA or
CPU ports (to introduce cross-chip VLAN support) or the other port
members if we want to reduce hardware accesses later.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
replaced the use of dst->ds[0] with dst->cpu_switch since that is
functionally equivalent, however, we can now run into an use after free
scenario after unbinding then rebinding the switch driver.
The use after free happens because we do correctly initialize
dst->cpu_switch the first time we probe in dsa_cpu_parse(), then we
unbind the driver: dsa_dst_unapply() is called, and we rebind again.
dst->cpu_switch now points to a freed "ds" structure, and so when we
finally dereference it in dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_setup(), we oops.
To fix this, simply set dst->cpu_switch to NULL in dsa_dst_unapply()
which guarantees that we always correctly re-assign dst->cpu_switch in
dsa_cpu_parse().
Fixes: 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes
ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and
dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early
enough before ops->setup() has run.
While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask
which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have all the information we need in dsa_port, so use it instead of
repeating the same arguments over and over again.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not need to have a reference to a dsa_switch, instead we should
pass a reference to a CPU dsa_port, change that. This is a preliminary
change to better support multiple CPU ports.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() are functions that belong in
net/dsa/dsa.c and are not part of the legacy platform support code.
Fixes: a6a71f19fe ("net: dsa: isolate legacy code")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of a86d8becc3 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"),
the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error.
Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same.
At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb"
#208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35:
+ if (nskb == NULL)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many rcv functions from net/dsa/tag_*.c have a useless out_drop goto
label which simply returns NULL. Kill it in favor of the obvious.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_ptr is not a void pointer anymore since Nov 2011, as of cf50dcc24f
("dsa: Change dsa_uses_{dsa, trailer}_tags() into inline functions"),
but an explicit dsa_switch_tree pointer, thus remove the (void *) cast.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for
faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
function ksz_rcv can be made static as it does not need to be
in global scope. Reformat arguments to make it checkpatch warning
free too.
Cleans up sparse warning: "symbol 'ksz_rcv' was not declared. Should
it be static?"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device
pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev.
Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer
passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev.
This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and
_dsa_register_switch functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper is only used once and makes the code more complicated that it
should. Remove it and reorganize the variables so that it fits on 80
columns.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute is propagated to all
switch chips of the fabric, each switch can check if the requested value
is valid and program itself, so that the whole fabric shares a common
ageing time setting.
This is especially needed for switch chips in between others, containing
no bridge port members but evidently used in the data path.
To achieve that, remove the condition which skips the other switches. We
also don't need to identify the target switch anymore, thus remove the
sw_index member of the dsa_notifier_ageing_time_info notifier structure.
On ZII Dev Rev B (with two 88E6352 and one 88E6185) and ZII Dev Rev C
(with two 88E6390X), we have the following hardware configuration:
# ip link add name br0 type bridge
# ip link set master br0 dev lan6
br0: port 1(lan6) entered blocking state
br0: port 1(lan6) entered disabled state
# echo 2000 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/ageing_time
Before this patch:
zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
300000
300000
15000
zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
300000
18750
After this patch:
zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
15000
15000
15000
zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
18750
18750
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an VLAN entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an MDB entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an FDB entry is added or removed.
For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch keeps the port-wide ageing time handling code in
dsa_port_ageing_time, pushes the requested ageing time value in a new
switch fabric notification, and moves the switch-wide ageing time
handling code in dsa_switch_ageing_time.
This has the effect that now not only the switch that the target port
belongs to can be programmed, but all switches composing the switch
fabric. For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other
switches.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for
DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files.
Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file.
Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum,
because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future
conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles VLAN objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles MDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which handles FDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which sets a port ageing time in port.c, where it
belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which sets VLAN filtering on a port in port.c,
where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the DSA port code which bridges a port in port.c, where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new port.c file to hold all DSA port-wide logic. This patch moves
in the code which sets a port state.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter
from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.
Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus
their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in
dsa_fastest_ageing_time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from
the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA
slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API
can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the switchdev FDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port,
change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic
dsa_port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the scope of the fabric notification helper from the DSA slave to
the DSA port, since this is a DSA layer specific notion, that can be
used by non-slave ports (CPU and DSA).
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device
supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a
single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its
dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase.
This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device
handling.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in
the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward
declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all
DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file.
Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h,
and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same
time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the
entries in various places.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index
to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached.
Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use
it to point the switch CPU port.
This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and
s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tag_lan9303.c does check for a NULL dst but that's already checked by
dsa_switch_rcv() one layer above.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular
VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'.
This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be
enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag
to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c,
except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:
- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()
Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All DSA tag receive functions need to unshare the skb before mangling it, move
this to the generic dsa_switch_rcv() function which will allow us to make the
tag receive function return their mangled skb without caring about freeing a
NULL skb.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_switch_rcv() already tests for dst == NULL, so there is no need to duplicate
the same check within the tag receive functions.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.
Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
I see the following link error with CONFIG_NET_DSA=y and CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m:
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe226b): undefined reference to `devlink_alloc'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe2284): undefined reference to `devlink_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe243e): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24e1): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24fa): undefined reference to `devlink_port_type_eth_set'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_dst_unapply.part.8':
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x345): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x36c): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x38e): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3f2): undefined reference to 'devlink_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3fb): undefined reference to 'devlink_free'
Fix this by adding a dependency on MAY_USE_DEVLINK so that CONFIG_NET_DSA
get switched to be build as module when CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m.
Fixes: 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.
Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.
No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I do not hold the copyright of the DSA core and drivers source files,
since these changes have been written as an initiative of my day job.
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.
To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.
The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ageing time is defined as unsigned int, so make
dsa_fastest_ageing_time return an unsigned int instead of int.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding switch.o to the list of DSA object files, we essentially
duplicated the previous obj-y line and just added switch.o, remove the
duplicate.
Fixes: f515f192ab ("net: dsa: add switch notifier")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_create() can fail, and dsa_user_port_unapply() will properly check
for the network device not being NULL before attempting to destroy it. We were
not setting the slave network device as NULL if dsa_slave_create() failed, so
we would later on be calling dsa_slave_destroy() on a now free'd and
unitialized network device, causing crashes in dsa_slave_destroy().
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as of
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")
Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.
We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.
Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.
dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.
This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.
This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The scope of the functions inside net/dsa/slave.c must be the slave
net_device pointer. Change to state setter helper accordingly to
simplify callers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error is returned during the bridging of a port in a
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event, net/core/dev.c rolls back the operation.
Be consistent and unassign dp->bridge_dev when this happens.
In the meantime, add comments to document this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by
providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so
on (only this event is supported at the moment.)
Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK
when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide
helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it.
At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier
may fail.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:
port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.
Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.
Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.
Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv
structure, instead of the switch/port index.
This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device,
needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.
That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure contains the number of ports. Use it where the
structure is valid instead of the DSA_MAX_PORTS value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.
This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the assignment of ports in _dsa_register_switch() closer to where
it is checked, no functional change. Re-order declarations to be
preserve the inverted christmas tree style.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it clear that these functions take a device_node structure pointer
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing platform data, and therefore no valid
device_node pointer, make most DSA functions takes a pointer to a
dsa_port structure whenever possible. While at it, introduce a
dsa_port_is_valid() helper function which checks whether port->dn is
NULL or not at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid
lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in
dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding
netif_device_attach(), bring it back.
Fixes: 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We may be able to see invalid Broadcom tags when the hardware and drivers are
misconfigured, or just while exercising the error path. Instead of flooding
the console with messages, flat out drop the packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the wrong !, otherwise we get false positives about having
multiple CPU interfaces.
Fixes: b22de49086 ("net: dsa: store CPU switch structure in the tree")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check the return value of phy_connect_direct() in
dsa_slave_phy_connect() otherwise we may be continuing the
initialization of a slave network device with a PHY that already
attached somewhere else and which will soon be in error because the PHY
device is in error.
The conditions for such an error to occur are that we have a port of our
switch that is not disabled, and has the same port number as a PHY
address (say both 5) that can be probed using the DSA slave MII bus. We
end-up having this slave network device find a PHY at the same address
as our port number, and we try to attach to it.
A slave network (e.g: port 0) has already attached to our PHY device,
and we try to re-attach it with a different network device, but since we
ignore the error we would end-up initializating incorrect device
references by the time the slave network interface is opened.
The code has been (re)organized several times, making it hard to provide
an exact Fixes tag, this is a bugfix nonetheless.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the DSA Ethernet switches are true Linux devices, the CPU
switch is not necessarily the first one. If its address is higher than
the second switch on the same MDIO bus, its index will be 1, not 0.
Avoid any confusion by using dst->cpu_switch instead of dst->ds[0].
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3a543ef479 ("net: dsa:
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id") since it misuses the purpose of
ndo_get_phys_port_id(). We have ndo_get_phys_port_name() to do the
correct thing for us now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using
ndo_get_phys_port_name().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the new DTS bindings for DSA (dsa2), the "ethernet" and "link"
phandles are respectively mandatory and exclusive to CPU port and DSA
link device tree nodes.
Simplify dsa2.c a bit by checking the presence of such phandle instead
of checking the redundant "label" property.
Then the Linux philosophy for Ethernet switch ports is to expose them to
userspace as standard NICs by default. Thus use the standard enumerated
"eth%d" device name if no "label" property is provided for a user port.
This allows to save DTS files from subjective net device names.
If one wants to rename an interface, udev rules can be used as usual.
Of course the current behavior is unchanged, and the optional "label"
property for user ports has precedence over the enumerated name.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <uwe@kleine-koenig.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is perfectly possible to have non zero indexed switches being present
in a DSA switch tree, in such a case, we will be deferencing a NULL
pointer while dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_{setup,restore}. Be more defensive
and ensure that dst->ds[0] is valid before doing anything with it.
Fixes: 0c73c523cf ("net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The support for DSA Ethernet switch chips depends on TCP/IP networking,
thus explicit that HAVE_NET_DSA depends on INET.
DSA uses SWITCHDEV, thus select it instead of depending on it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Isolate the HWMON support in DSA in its own file. Currently only the
legacy DSA code is concerned.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_driver_version string is irrelevant and has not been bumped
since its introduction about 9 years ago. Kill it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there can be multiple dsa switches stacked together but
not all of devicetree nodes available at the time of calling
dsa_dst_parse(), EPROBE_DEFER can be returned by it. When this
happens, only the last dsa switch has to be deleted by
dsa_dst_del_ds(), but not the whole list, because next time linux
cames back to this function it will try to add only the last dsa
switch which returned EPROBE_DEFER.
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Bendiuga <volodymyr.bendiuga@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "out" label in dsa_switch_setup_one() is useless, thus remove it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number
of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds
to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helper to deregister fixed-link PHYs registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link().
Convert the two drivers that care to deregister their fixed-link PHYs to
use the new helper, but note that most drivers currently fail to do so.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before
returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup().
Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link
node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance
with the common scheme for this.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_dsa_register_switch() gets a dsa_switch_tree object either via
dsa_get_dst() or via dsa_add_dst(). Former path does not increase kref
in returned object (resulting into caller not owning a reference),
while later path does create a new object (resulting into caller owning
a reference).
The rest of _dsa_register_switch() assumes that it owns a reference, and
calls dsa_put_dst().
This causes a memory breakage if first switch in the tree initialized
successfully, but second failed to initialize. In particular, freed
dsa_swith_tree object is left referenced by switch that was initialized,
and later access to sysfs attributes of that switch cause OOPS.
To fix, need to add kref_get() call to dsa_get_dst().
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Nikita Yushchenko <nikita.yoush@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_phy_find_device() when
registering and deregistering the fixed-link PHY-device.
Fixes: 39b0c70519 ("net: dsa: Allow configuration of CPU & DSA port
speeds/duplex")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These few drivers call ether_setup(), but have no ndo_change_mtu, and thus
were overlooked for changes to MTU range checking behavior. They
previously had no range checks, so for feature-parity, set their min_mtu
to 0 and max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU (65535), instead of the 68 and 1500
inherited from the ether_setup() changes. Fine-tuning can come after we get
back to full feature-parity here.
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: R Parameswaran <parameswaran.r7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.
This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a void helper to set the STP state of a port, checking first if the
required routine is provided by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only 1 of the 3 drivers currently has a set_addr() operation. Make the
set_addr() callback optional to reduce the amount of empty stubs inside
the drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
has a duplicate invocation of the set_addr() operation callback. Remove one
of them.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.
No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g
However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.
In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
#403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
+ if (ops == NULL) {
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
#773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
+ if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
#824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
+ if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
#835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
+ if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)
total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 switch driver should be a proper platform
driver, now that the DSA code has been updated to allow that, register a
switch device, feed it with the proper configuration data coming from
Device Tree and register our switch device with DSA.
The bulk of the changes consist in moving what bcm_sf2_sw_setup() did
into the platform driver probe function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute.
The ageing time is passed as milliseconds.
Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical
switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with
the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/dsa/dsa2.c:680:6: warning:
symbol '_dsa_unregister_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.
Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.
This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.
We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.
The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_init() which initializes a
custom ethtool_ops structure with custom DSA ethtool operations for CPU
ports. This is a preliminary change to move the initialization outside
of net/dsa/slave.c.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mimic what net/dsa/dsa.c does and provide a slave MII bus by default
which will be created if the driver implements a phy_read method.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers rely on these two bitmasks to contain the correct values
for them to successfully probe and initialize at drv->setup() time,
calculate correct values to put in both masks as early as possible in
dsa_get_ports_dn().
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we
need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.
Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch may want to instantiate its own MDIO bus. Only do it
centrally if the switch has not already created one, and the read op
is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code to setup a single DSA/CPU port into a function of
its own, and export it, so it can be used by the new binding.
Similarly, refactor the destroy code into a function. When destroying
the ports, don't put the of node. They should be released at the end
along with the normal ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.
The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform data nr_chips is used when validating a received packet,
to ensure it comes from a know switch chip. The number of possible
switches is limited to DSA_MAX_SWITCHES, so use this as the first
validation step. The new binding allows holes in the dst->ds[] array,
so also ensure ensure there is a valid dsa_switch for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer should no longer assume the switch is connected to an
MDIO bus. As a result, we cannot use the address on the MDIO bus when
forming the name of the switches internal MDIO bus for its builtin and
possibly external PHYs. The switch index is sufficient to make the
name unique, so drop the MDIO address.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When
retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume
there is a cd attached to the switch structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd.
However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data.
This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c
and slave.c for this data type.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info()
messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and
new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resetting the switch is something the driver does, not the framework.
So move the parsing of this property into the driver.
There are no in kernel users of this property, so moving it does not
break anything. There is however a board which will make use of this
property making its way into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also
include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes,
when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex
mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.).
We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's
ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about:
get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept
these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus
our own.
We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper
functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the
entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be
used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such
drivers would simply not scale.
The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now:
<iface> statistics
p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the tag protocol in dsa_switch_driver for setup time and in
dsa_switch_tree for runtime is enough. Remove dsa_switch's one.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_slave_priv structure does not need a pointer to its net_device.
Kill it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phys in phys_port_mask suggests this mask is about PHYs. In fact,
it means physical ports. Rename to enabled_port_mask, indicating
external enabled ports of the switch, which is hopefully less
confusing.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The drivers now allocate their own memory for private usage. Remove
the allocation from the core code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the switch devices have a dev pointer, make use of it for allocating
the drivers private data structures using a devm_kzalloc().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing a device structure to the switch devices, it allows them
to use devm_* methods for resource management.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.
The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for
simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the
commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself.
Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.
The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity
and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself.
Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update
routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers.
Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a
dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute.
In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to
explicit the state change.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum
driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example
NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as
netif_is_bridge_master).
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns
void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual
error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level.
Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to
respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect
an implicit Port::Bridge namespace.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fixed phys delete function simply removed the fixed phy from the
internal linked list and freed the memory. It however did not
unregister the associated phy device. This meant it was still possible
to find the phy device on the mdio bus.
Make fixed_phy_del() an internal function and add a
fixed_phy_unregister() to unregisters the phy device and then uses
fixed_phy_del() to free resources.
Modify DSA to use this new API function, so we don't leak phys.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ports types can have a fixed PHY associated with it. Remove the
check which limits removal to only CPU and DSA ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy is disconnected from the slave in dsa_slave_destroy(). Don't
destroy fixed link phys until after this, since there can be fixed
linked phys connected to ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was
attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy,
but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine
which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL
pointer. Check for this condition.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial commit badly merged into the dsa_resume method instead
of the dsa_remove_dst method.
As consequence, the dst->master_netdev->dsa_ptr is not set to NULL on
removal and re-bind of the dsa device fails with error -17.
Fixes: b0dc635d92 ("net: dsa: cleanup resources upon module removal ")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like:
# echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering
Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port
attribute.
Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering
function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be
complicated to implement for some drivers.
Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor
of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers
which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback.
This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy
vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers may support multiple bridge groups with the same hardware
VLAN. The mv88e6xxx driver which cannot yet, already has its own check
for overlapping bridges. Thus remove the check from the DSA layer.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some DSA drivers may or may not support multiple software bridges on top
of an hardware switch.
It is more convenient for them to access the bridge's net_device for
finer configuration.
Removing the need to craft and access a bitmask also simplifies the
code.
This patch changes the signature of bridge related functions, update DSA
drivers, and removes dsa_slave_br_port_mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy"), we are now trying
to free a network device that has been previously registered, and in case of
errors, this will make us hit the BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED)
condition.
Fix this by adding a missing unregister_netdev() before free_netdev().
Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy has not been initialized, disconnecting it in the error
path results in a NULL pointer exception. Drop the phy_disconnect
from the error path.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev
it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name
'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then
connecting they phy, we can avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure,
provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO
bus, and performing lookups.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all devices attached to an MDIO bus are phys. So add an
mdio_device structure to represent the generic parts of an mdio
device, and place this structure into the phy_device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many Ethernet drivers contain the same netdev_info() print statement
about the attached phy. Move it into the phy device code. Additionally
add a varargs function which can be used to append additional
information.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new
dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c.
Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to
correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine.
Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon probe failure or unbinding, add missing dev_put() calls.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure that we unassign the master_netdev dsa_ptr to make the packet
processing go through the regular Ethernet receive path.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since no more DSA driver uses the polling callback, and since
the phylib handles the link detection, remove the link polling
work and timer code.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the introduction of the switch gpio reset API, I'm getting
build errors in configurations that disable CONFIG_GPIOLIB:
net/dsa/dsa.c:783:16: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpio_to_desc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
The reason is that linux/gpio/consumer.h is not automatically
included without gpiolib support. This adds an explicit #include
statement to make it compile in all configurations. The reset
functionality will not work without gpiolib, which is what you
get when disabling the feature.
As far as I can tell, gpiolib is supported on all architectures
on which you can have DSA at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: cc30c16344 ("net: dsa: Add support for a switch reset gpio")
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some boards have a gpio line tied to the switch reset pin. Allow this
gpio to be retrieved from the device tree, and take the switch out of
reset before performing the probe.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify DSA by pushing the switchdev objects for VLAN add and delete
operations down to its drivers. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No driver implements port_fdb_getnext anymore, and port_fdb_dump is
preferred anyway, so remove this function from DSA.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all switch chips support a Get Next operation to iterate on its FDB.
So add a more simple port_fdb_dump function for them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When object is used in deferred work, we cannot use pointers in
switchdev object structures because the memory they point at may be already
used by someone else. So rather do local copy of the value.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA driver may not provide the port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge
functions, so don't warn in such case.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency with the FDB add operation, propagate the
switchdev_obj_port_fdb structure in the DSA drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the prepare phase is pushed down to the DSA drivers, propagate
it to the port_fdb_add function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push the prepare phase for FDB operations down to the DSA drivers, with
a new port_fdb_prepare function. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no switch were found in dsa_setup_dst, return -ENODEV and
exit the dsa_probe cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the kfree calls exists in the the remove functions, remove them in all
places except the of_probe functions and replace allocation calls
with their devm_ counterparts.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unbinding dsa, complete the dsa_switch_destroy to unregister the
fixed link phy then cleanly unregister and destroy the net devices.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To prevent memory leakage on unbinding, add missing mdiobus unregister
and unallocation calls.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To prevent memory leakage on unbinding, add missing kfree calls.
Includes minor cosmetic change to make patch clean.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier
to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing
up 88e6176 on a new board.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of
helpers along that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the struct name in sync with object id name.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the struct name in sync with object id name.
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be aligned with obj.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a
driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state,
which triggers a WARN() from switchdev.
This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging.
Fixes: 3563606258 ("switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a
driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state,
which triggers a WARN() from switchdev.
This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the notifier_call callback of a notifier_block, change the
function signature of switchdev add and del operations to:
int switchdev_port_obj_add/del(struct net_device *dev,
enum switchdev_obj_id id, void *obj);
This allows the caller to pass a specific switchdev_obj_* structure
instead of the generic switchdev_obj one.
Drivers implementation of these operations and switchdev have been
changed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the notifier_call callback of a notifier_block, change the
function signature of switchdev dump operation to:
int switchdev_port_obj_dump(struct net_device *dev,
enum switchdev_obj_id id, void *obj,
int (*cb)(void *obj));
This allows the caller to pass and expect back a specific
switchdev_obj_* structure instead of the generic switchdev_obj one.
Drivers implementation of dump operation can now expect this specific
structure and call the callback with it. Drivers have been changed
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_device associated to a dump operation does not have to be passed
to the callback. switchdev stores it in a superset struct, if needed.
Also some drivers (such as DSA drivers) may not have easy access to it.
This will simplify pushing the callback function down to the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/arp.c
The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by
DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search
for devices of a specific kind.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_find_net_device_by_node() uses class_find_device() internally to
lookup the corresponding network device. class_find_device() returns
a reference to the embedded struct device, with its refcount
incremented.
Add a comment to the definition in net/core/net-sysfs.c indicating the
need to drop this refcount, and fix the DSA code to drop this refcount
when the OF-generated platform data is cleaned up and freed. Also
arrange for the ref to be dropped when handling errors.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current users of of_mdio_find_bus() leak a struct device refcount, as
they fail to clean up the reference obtained inside class_find_device().
Fix the DSA code to properly refcount the returned MDIO bus by:
1. taking a reference on the struct device whenever we assign it to
pd->chip[x].host_dev.
2. dropping the reference when we overwrite the existing reference.
3. dropping the reference when we free the data structure.
4. dropping the initial reference we obtained after setting up the
platform data structure, or on failure.
In step 2 above, where we obtain a new MDIO bus, there is no need to
take a reference on it as we would only have to drop it immediately
after assignment again, iow:
put_device(cd->host_dev); /* drop original assignment ref */
cd->host_dev = get_device(&mdio_bus_switch->dev); /* get our ref */
put_device(&mdio_bus_switch->dev); /* drop of_mdio_find_bus ref */
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The enum is going to disappear, use the helpers instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before it disappears completely, move transaction phase enum under
transaction structure and make attr/obj structures a bit cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly
in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic
switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory
allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction
is handled as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is temporary, name "trans" will be used for something else and
"trans_ph" will eventually disappear.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell Egress rx trailer check must be fixed to
correctly detect bad bits in the third byte of the
Eggress trailer as described in the Table 28 of the
88E6060 datasheet.
The current code incorrectly omits to check the third
byte and checks the fourth byte twice.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be useful for DSA and CPU ports to have a phy-mode property, in
particular to specify RGMII delays. Parse the property and set it in
the fixed-link phydev.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, DSA and CPU ports are configured to the maximum speed the
switch supports. However there can be use cases where the peer devices
port is slower. Allow a fixed-link property to be used with the DSA
and CPU port in the device tree, and use this information to configure
the port.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With more than two switches in a hierarchy, it becomes necessary to
describe multi-hop routes between switches. The current binding does
not allow this, although the older platform_data did. Extend the link
property to be a list rather than a single phandle to a remote switch.
It is then possible to express that a port should be used to reach
more than one switch and the switch maybe more than one hop away.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects:
- port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN
- port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN
- port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN
The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range
does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback
to software VLAN and won't program the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig
The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case we need to divert reads/writes using the slave MII bus, we may have
already fetched a valid PHY interface property from Device Tree, and that
mode is used by the PHY driver to make configuration decisions.
If we could not fetch the "phy-mode" property, we will assign p->phy_interface
to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, such that we can actually check for that condition as
to whether or not we should override the interface value.
Fixes: 19334920ea ("net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to
support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prototype of port_getnext to include a vid parameter.
This is necessary to introduce the support for VLAN.
Also rename the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointers to
port_fdb_{add,del,getnext} since they are specific to a given port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using a cluster of switches, some topologies will have an MDIO
bus per switch, not one for the whole cluster. Allow this to be
represented in the device tree, by adding an optional mii-bus property
at the switch level. The old platform_device method of instantiation
supports this already, so only the device tree binding needs extending
with an additional optional phandle.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointer in favor of new
port_fdb_{add,del,getnext}.
Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to
support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which
requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the
parent network device poll controller callback.
In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but
not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics,
make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent
network device transmit function.
In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag
creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do
some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4
tagging protocols supported.
We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag
specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g:
tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the
original sk_buff we were passed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cd->sw_addr is used as a MDIO bus address, which cannot exceed
PHY_MAX_ADDR (32), our check was off-by-one.
Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
port_index is used an index into an array, and this information comes
from Device Tree, make sure that port_index is not equal to the array
size before using it. Move the check against port_index earlier in the
loop.
Fixes: 5e95329b70: ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly
decremented on slave device open error path.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While shuffling some code around, dsa_switch_setup_one() was introduced,
and it was modified to return either an error code using ERR_PTR() or a
NULL pointer when running out of memory or failing to setup a switch.
This is a problem for its caler: dsa_switch_setup() which uses IS_ERR()
and expects to find an error code, not a NULL pointer, so we still try
to proceed with dsa_switch_setup() and operate on invalid memory
addresses. This can be easily reproduced by having e.g: the bcm_sf2
driver built-in, but having no such switch, such that drv->setup will
fail.
Fix this by using PTR_ERR() consistently which is both more informative
and avoids for the caller to use IS_ERR_OR_NULL().
Fixes: df197195a5 ("net: dsa: split dsa_switch_setup into two functions")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can
cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue:
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted
---------------------------------------------
kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock:
(_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc
but task is already holding lock:
(_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);
lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);
To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep
class.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eeprom-length is a switch property, not a dsa property, and thus
needs to be attached to the switch node, not to the dsa node.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 6793abb4e8 ("net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access")
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit da4759c (sysfs: Use only return value from is_visible for
the file mode), it is possible to reduce the permissions of a file.
So declare temp1_max with the DEVICE_ATTR_RW macro and remove the write
permission in dsa_hwmon_attrs_visible if set_temp_limit isn't provided.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to description in 'include/net/dsa.h', in cascade switches
configurations where there are more than one interconnected devices,
'rtable' array in 'dsa_chip_data' structure is used to indicate which
port on this switch should be used to send packets to that are destined
for corresponding switch.
However, dsa_of_setup_routing_table() fills 'rtable' with port numbers
of the _target_ switch, but not current one.
This commit removes redundant devicetree parsing and adds needed port
number as a function argument. So dsa_of_setup_routing_table() now just
looks for target switch number by parsing parent of 'link' device node.
To remove possible misunderstandings with the way of determining target
switch number, a corresponding comment was added to the source code and
to the DSA device tree bindings documentation file.
This was tested on a custom board with two Marvell 88E6095 switches with
following corresponding routing tables: { -1, 10 } and { 8, -1 }.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Nakonechny <pavel.nakonechny@skitlab.ru>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch. In that case, do nothing instead of asking
the switch driver to remove a port from a bridge that it didn't join.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change bd76a11670 made all DSA drivers
depend on NET_DSA rather than selecting them. However, as the only way
to select this option was to actually select a driver, it made DSA
impossible to enable at all.
This patch adds an explicit entry which the user will have to enable
prior selecting a driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'
Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No
functional changes to the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
rocker: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
dsa: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if
requested") introduced a check for particular PHYs that need to be
accessed using the slave MII bus created by DSA, but this check was too
inclusive. This would prevent fixed PHYs from being successfully
registered because those should not go through the slave MII bus created
by DSA.
Make sure we check that the PHY is not a fixed PHY to prevent that from
happening.
Fixes: cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the
switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver
implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII
bus in order for this to happen.
Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s
function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done
during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would
not go through these diverted reads and writes.
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards
certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY
device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function:
dsa_slave_phy_connect().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that
match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for
network devices backed by a pci_device for instance.
of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the
struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer.
For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in
dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the core logic that setups a 'struct dsa_switch_tree' and
removes it, update dsa_probe() and dsa_remove() to use the two helper
functions. This will be useful to allow for other callers to setup
this structure differently.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the part of dsa_switch_setup() which is responsible for allocating
and initializing a 'struct dsa_switch' and the part which is doing a
given switch device setup and slave network device creation.
This is a preliminary change to allow a separate caller of
dsa_switch_setup_one() which may have externally initialized the
dsa_switch structure, outside of dsa_switch_setup().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing a different model to register DSA switches,
update dsa_of_probe() and dsa_probe() to return -EPROBE_DEFER where
appropriate.
Failure to find a phandle or Device Tree property is still fatal, but
looking up the internal device structure associated with a Device Tree
node is something that might need to be delayed based on driver probe
ordering.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing a different mechanism to register DSA switch
devices and driver, update dsa_of_probe and dsa_of_remove to take a
struct device pointer since neither of these two functions uses the
struct platform_device pointer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.
To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:
- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update
DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).
We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.
Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created
slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can
result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices
by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being
added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized.
Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in
dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs
to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree
is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code
sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode
without checking if it is valid.
This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect
or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid
value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface.
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_phy_setup() finds the phy for the port via device tree and
using of_phy_connect(), or it uses the fall back of taking a phy from
the switch internal mdio bus and calling phy_connect_direct(). Either
way, if a phy is found, phy_attach_direct() is called to attach the
phy to the slave device.
In dsa_slave_create(), a second call to phy_attach() is made. This
results in the warning "PHY already attached". Remove this second,
redundant attaching of the phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of connected switches was sourced from the number of
children to the DSA node, change it to the number of available
children, skipping any disabled switches.
Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries
to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register
the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch
PHYs mask.
As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no
registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names:
static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = {
[...]
.port_names[0] = "sw0",
.port_names[1] = "sw1",
.port_names[2] = "sw2",
.port_names[3] = "sw3",
.port_names[4] = "sw4",
.port_names[5] = "cpu",
};
DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the
slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will
be successfully created.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There are
some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
=OVRS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
"Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
just removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There
are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
...
In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and
propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create().
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case there is no PHY at the designated address on the internal
switch, we would basically de-reference a null pointer here:
dsa_slave_phy_setup(...)
{
p->phy = ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_map[p->port];
phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
^------
This can be triggered when the platform configuration (platform_data or
Device Tree) indicates there should be a PHY device at this address, but
the HW is non-responsive, such that we cannot attach a PHY device at
this specific location.
Fix this by checking the return value prior to calling
phy_connect_direct().
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Reported-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neaten and standardize the logging output.
Other miscellanea:
o Use pr_notice_once instead of a guard flag.
o Convert existing pr_<level> uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus,
we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise
auto-negotiation etc, does not work.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom.
Add infrastructure support for it.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switches provide chip temperature data.
Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting skb->protocol to a private protocol type may result in warning
messages such as
e1000e 0000:00:19.0 em1: checksum_partial proto=dada!
This happens if the L3 protocol is IP or IPv6 and skb->ip_summed is set
to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL. Looking through the code, it appears that changing
skb->protocol for transmitted packets is not necessary and may actually
be harmful. For example, it prevents purposely unmodified (from a DSA
perspective) network drivers from properly setting up their transmit
checksum offload pointers since they inspect skb->protocol to set up the
IPv4 header or IPv6 header pointers. So don't unnecessarily change the
protocol field.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is a mismatch between enabled tagging protocols and the
protocol the switch supports, error out, rather than continue with a
situation which is unlikely to work.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
cc: alexander.h.duyck@intel.com
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for the presence or not of the optional switch function
get_phy_flags() called the function, rather than checked to see if it
is a NULL pointer. This causes a derefernce of a NULL pointer on all
switch chips except the sf2, the only switch to implement this call.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 6819563e64 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h
but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure
declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix
those by including the correct header files.
Fixes: ec9436baed ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment")
Fixes: ce31b31c68 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
add calls to phy_start() in dsa_slave_open() respectively phy_stop() in
dsa_slave_close().
We also call phy_start_aneg() in dsa_slave_create(), and this call is
messing up with the PHY state machine, since we basically start the
auto-negotiation, and later on restart it when calling phy_start().
phy_start() does not currently handle the PHY_FORCING or PHY_AN states
properly, but such a fix would be too invasive for this window.
Fixes: f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() functions are only used
when PM_SLEEP is enabled, so they need #ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP protection
to avoid a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port
basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating
these operations to the switch driver.
set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that
EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation
result is satisfactory.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch
driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power
as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory
arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the
switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking
the PHY out of deep low power mode).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY
interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state
machine accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and
setters.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the
following split:
- suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY
devices
- suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific
workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches
driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags()
callback which will do just that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dsa_of_probe() still used cd->mii_bus instead of cd->host_dev when
building with CONFIG_OF=y. Fix this by making the replacement here as
well.
Fixes: b4d2394d01 ("dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that instead of passing and storing a mii_bus we
instead pass and store a host_dev. From there we can test to determine the
exact type of device, and can verify it is the correct device for our switch.
So for example it would be possible to pass a device pointer from a pci_dev
and instead of checking for a PHY ID we could check for a vendor and/or device
ID.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change addresses several issues.
First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer.
To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before
we set tag_protocol.
Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a
new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root
switch initialization that issue should be addressed.
Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered
so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on
the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames.
Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I
placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it
easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the
slave for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer
with commit 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch
driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can
replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol.
Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the
cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not
need it anymore.
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/dsa/dsa.c:624:20: sparse: symbol 'dsa_pack_type' was not declared.
Should it be static?
Fixes: 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the Broadcom Starfigther 2 switch chip using a DSA
driver. This switch driver supports the following features:
- configuration of the external switch port interface: MII, RevMII,
RGMII and RGMII_NO_ID are supported
- support for the per-port MIB counters
- support for link interrupts for special ports (e.g: MoCA)
- powering up/down of switch memories to conserve power when ports are
unused
Finally, update the compatible property for the DSA core code to match
our switch top-level compatible node.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as
the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local
EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure
we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform
port-specific link work.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has
changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback
so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link
notification.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just
does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of
dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c.
We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to
override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type
function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal
path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just
the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus.
This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a
separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port.
Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1
mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the
switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1.
Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and
divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO
PHY addresses.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will later use the per-port device_node pointer to fetch a bunch of
port-specific properties.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We might need to fetch additional resources from the device tree node
pointer, such as register ranges or other properties. Keep a device_node
pointer around for this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it
needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device.
Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might
be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new
protocols.
This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new
functions:
dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific
receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c
dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific
transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c
When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over
the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit
operations.
A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact
that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER
like it used to be.
This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and
always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches
tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave
netdevice_ops assignments.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_alb.c
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_msgdma.c
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_sgdma.c
net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
Several cases of overlapping changes.
The xfrm6_output.c has a bug fix which overlaps the renaming
of skb->local_df to skb->ignore_df.
In the Altera TSE driver cases, the register access cleanups
in net-next overlapped with bug fixes done in net.
Similarly a bug fix to send ALB packets in the bonding driver using
the right source address overlaps with cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding more than one chip on device-tree currently causes the probing
routine to always use the first chips data pointer.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Godehardt <fg@emlix.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS
Dave Miller mentioned he'd like to see SET_ETHTOOL_OPS gone.
This does that.
Mostly done via coccinelle script:
@@
struct ethtool_ops *ops;
struct net_device *dev;
@@
- SET_ETHTOOL_OPS(dev, ops);
+ dev->ethtool_ops = ops;
Compile tested only, but I'd seriously wonder if this broke anything.
Suggested-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w-lkml@lebenslange-mailadresse.de>
Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ether_addr_copy instead of memcpy(a, b, ETH_ALEN) to
save some cycles on arm and powerpc.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A device inheriting a random or set address should reflect this in
its addr_assign_type.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have defined a sparse port allocation which is non-contiguous and
contains gaps, the code freeing port_names will just stop when it
encouters a first NULL port_names, which is not right, we should iterate
over all possible number of ports (DSA_MAX_PORTS) until we are done.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch factors the freeing of the struct dsa_platform_data
manipulated by the driver identically in two places to a single
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for registering DSA switches using Device Tree
bindings. Note that we support programming the switch routing table even
though no in-tree user seems to require it. I tested this on Armada 370
with a Marvell 88E6172 (not supported by mainline yet).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes dsa_switch_setup() to ensure that at least one valid
valid port name is specified and will bail out with an error in case we
walked the maximum number of port with a valid port name found.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The slave MII bus registered by the DSA code is using the parent MII bus
as part of its name (ds->master_mii_bus_id), in case the parent MII bus
name is already 16 characters long (such as d0072004.mdio-mi) we will
get the following WARN_ON in dsa_switch_setup() when calling
mdiobus_register():
[ 79.088782] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 79.093448] WARNING: at fs/sysfs/dir.c:536 sysfs_add_one+0x80/0xa0()
[ 79.099831] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename
'/class/mdio_bus/d0072004.mdio-mi'
This is a genuine warning, because the DSA slave MII bus will also be
named d0072004.mdio-mi, and since MII_BUS_ID_SIZE is 17 characters long
(with null-terminator) the following will truncate the slave MII bus id:
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "%s-%d:%.2x",
ds->master_mii_bus->id, ds->pd->sw_addr);
Fix this by using dsa-<switch index->:<sw_add> which is guaranteed to be
unique.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags argument of the phy_{attach,connect,connect_direct} functions
is then used to assign a struct phy_device dev_flags with its value.
All callers but the tg3 driver pass the flag 0, which results in the
underlying PHY drivers in drivers/net/phy/ not being able to actually
use any of the flags they would set in dev_flags. This patch gets rid of
the flags argument, and passes phydev->dev_flags to the internal PHY
library call phy_attach_direct() such that drivers which actually modify
a phy device dev_flags get the value preserved for use by the underlying
phy driver.
Acked-by: Kosta Zertsekel <konszert@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated.
Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN
and custom defines.
Use snprintf instead of sprint.
Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version
Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 82167cb8c6 ('net: dsa/slave: Fix
compilation warnings') fixed one possible invalid configuration
(NET_DSA enabled with no trailer formats) but added others: drivers
can select NET_DSA without its dependencies being met.
It's not very useful to make either the DSA core or the tagging
formats manually selectable without a driver to use them, so:
1. Define a hidden HAVE_NET_DSA option and move the dependencies of
NET_DSA to that. While we're at it, drop the deprecated
EXPERIMENTAL dependency.
2. Make NET_DSA and the drivers dependent on HAVE_NET_DSA.
3. Hide the tagging format options again.
4. Make drivers select both NET_DSA and the appropriate tagging format
option.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when none of CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_DSA, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_EDSA and
CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER is defined, we get following compilation warnings:
net/dsa/slave.c:51:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_init' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:60:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_open' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:98:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_close' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:116:13: warning: 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:127:13: warning: 'dsa_slave_set_rx_mode' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:136:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_set_mac_address' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:164:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_ioctl' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Earlier approach to fix this was discussed here:
lkml.org/lkml/2012/10/29/549
This is another approach to fix it. This is done by some changes in config
options, which make more sense than the earlier approach. As, atleast one
tagging option must always be selected for using net/dsa/ infrastructure, this
patch selects NET_DSA from tagging configs instead of having it as an selectable
config.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flush[_delayed]_work_sync() are now spurious. Mark them deprecated
and convert all users to flush[_delayed]_work().
If you're cc'd and wondering what's going on: Now all workqueues are
non-reentrant and the regular flushes guarantee that the work item is
not pending or running on any CPU on return, so there's no reason to
use the sync flushes at all and they're going away.
This patch doesn't make any functional difference.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Mattia Dongili <malattia@linux.it>
Cc: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@canonical.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Alasdair Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <cbou@mail.ru>
Cc: Sangbeom Kim <sbkim73@samsung.com>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for specific hardware belongs under drivers/net/ not net/.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I mistakenly exported functions from slave.c that are only called from
dsa.c, part of the same module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the kconfig types to tristate and adjust the condition for
declaring net_device::dsa_ptr to allow for this.
Adjust the makefile so that if NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65=y and
NET_DSA_MV88E6131=m or vice versa then both drivers are built-in. We
could leave these options as bool and make NET_DSA_MV88E6XXX a
user-selected option, but that would break existing configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These drivers share a lot of code, so if we make them modular they
should be built into the same module. Therefore, link them together
and merge their respective module init and exit functions.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These files have circular dependencies, so if we make DSA modular then
they must be built into the same module. Therefore, link them
together and merge their respective module init and exit functions.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With calls to modular infrastructure, these files really
needs the full module.h header. Call it out so some of the
cleanups of implicit and unrequired includes elsewhere can be
cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This patch enables the 6131 family of chips to forward DSA
packets to other switch chips. This is needed if multiple
DSA chips are used in a device. Without this patch the
chip will drop any DSA packets not destined for it.
This patch only enables the forwarding of DSA packets if
multiple chips are used in the switch configuration.
Signed-off-by: Barry Grussling <barry@grussling.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 88e6085 has a few differences from the other devices in the port
control registers, causing unknown multicast/broadcast packets to get
dropped when using the standard port setup.
At the same time update kconfig to clarify that the mv88e6085 is now
supported.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove set_sg from DSA slave ethtool_ops. Features inheritance looks
broken/not fully implemented anyway.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
The mv88e6085 is identical to the mv88e6095, except that all ports are
10/100 Mb/s, so use the existing setup code except for the cpu/dsa speed
selection in _setup_port().
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6060 uses either the lower 16 or upper 16 mii addresses,
depending on the value of the EE_CLK/ADDR4 pin. Support both
configurations by using the sw_addr setting as base address.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
